(Public Pack)Agenda Document for Executive, 12/02/2019 19:00

Public Document Pack

Alison Stuart Head of Legal and Democratic Services

MEETING : EXECUTIVE VENUE : COUNCIL CHAMBER, WALLFIELDS, HERTFORD DATE : TUESDAY 12 FEBRUARY 2019 TIME : 7.00 PM

MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE

Councillor Linda Haysey - Leader Councillor Eric Buckmaster - Executive Member for Health and Wellbeing Councillor Jan Goodeve - Executive Member for Housing Councillor Gary Jones - Deputy Leader and Executive Member for Economic Development Councillor Graham - Executive Member for Environment McAndrew and the Public Realm Councillor Suzanne - Executive Member for Development Rutland-Barsby Management and Council Support Councillor Geoffrey - Executive Member for Finance and Williamson Support Services

CONTACT OFFICER: LORRAINE BLACKBURN TEL: 01279-502172 EMAIL: [email protected]

This agenda has been printed using 100% recycled paper DISCLOSABLE PECUNIARY INTERESTS

1. A Member, present at a meeting of the Authority, or any committee, sub-committee, joint committee or joint sub- committee of the Authority, with a Disclosable Pecuniary Interest (DPI) in any matter to be considered or being considered at a meeting:

 must not participate in any discussion of the matter at the meeting;

 must not participate in any vote taken on the matter at the meeting;

 must disclose the interest to the meeting, whether registered or not, subject to the provisions of section 32 of the Localism Act 2011;

 if the interest is not registered and is not the subject of a pending notification, must notify the Monitoring Officer of the interest within 28 days;

 must leave the room while any discussion or voting takes place.

2. A DPI is an interest of a Member or their partner (which means spouse or civil partner, a person with whom they are living as husband or wife, or a person with whom they are living as if they were civil partners) within the descriptions as defined in the Localism Act 2011.

3. The Authority may grant a Member dispensation, but only in limited circumstances, to enable him/her to participate and vote on a matter in which they have a DPI.

4. It is a criminal offence to:  fail to disclose a disclosable pecuniary interest at a meeting if it is not on the register;  fail to notify the Monitoring Officer, within 28 days, of a DPI that is not on the register that a Member disclosed to a meeting;  participate in any discussion or vote on a matter in which a Member has a DPI;  knowingly or recklessly provide information that is false or misleading in notifying the Monitoring Officer of a DPI or in disclosing such interest to a meeting.

(Note: The criminal penalties available to a court are to impose a fine not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale and disqualification from being a councillor for up to 5 years.) Public Attendance

East Herts Council welcomes public attendance at its meetings and will provide a reasonable number of agendas for viewing at the meeting. Please note that there is seating for 27 members of the public and space for a further 30 standing in the Council Chamber on a “first come first served” basis. When the Council anticipates a large attendance, an additional 30 members of the public can be accommodated in Room 27 (standing room only), again on a “first come, first served” basis, to view the meeting via webcast.

If you think a meeting you plan to attend could be very busy, you can check if the extra space will be available by emailing [email protected] or calling the Council on 01279 655261 and asking to speak to Democratic Services.

Audio/Visual Recording of meetings

Everyone is welcome to record meetings of the Council and its Committees using whatever, non-disruptive, methods you think are suitable, which may include social media of any kind, such as tweeting, blogging or Facebook. However, oral reporting or commentary is prohibited. If you have any questions about this please contact Democratic Services (members of the press should contact the Press Office). Please note that the Chairman of the meeting has the discretion to halt any recording for a number of reasons, including disruption caused by the filming or the nature of the business being conducted. Anyone filming a meeting should focus only on those actively participating and be sensitive to the rights of minors, vulnerable adults and those members of the public who have not consented to being filmed. AGENDA

1. Apologies

To receive apologies for absence.

2. Leader's Announcements

3. Minutes - 11 December 2018 (Pages 7 - 20)

To approve as a correct record the Minutes of the meeting held on 11 December 2018

4. Declarations of Interest

To receive any Member(s) declaration(s) of interest.

5. Bid to the European Regional Development Fund for Launchpad 2 Project (Pages 21 - 36)

6. Hertfordshire Infrastructure and Funding Prospectus 2018-2031 (Pages 37 - 44)

7. Land West of Hertford (North of Welwyn Road) Masterplanning Framework (Pages 45 - 82)

8. Authority Monitoring Report (Pages 83 - 186)

9. Neighbourhood Planning Guidance Note 2019 (Pages 187 - 220)

10. Local Development Scheme (LDS) March 2019 (Pages 221 - 240) 11. The East Herts Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy 2019-2024 (Pages 241 - 288)

12. Concluding Report of the Climate Change Task and Finish Group (Pages 289 - 294)

13. Update from Overview and Scrutiny Committee (Pages 295 - 302)

To receive a report of the Committee Chairman.

14. Update from Performance, Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committee (Pages 303 - 308)

To receive a report of the Committee Chairman.

15. Urgent Business

To consider such other business as, in the opinion of the Chairman of the meeting, is of sufficient urgency to warrant consideration and is not likely to involve the disclosure of exempt information. Agenda Item 3

E E

MINUTES OF A MEETING OF THE EXECUTIVE HELD IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER, WALLFIELDS, HERTFORD ON TUESDAY 11 DECEMBER 2018, AT 7.00 PM

PRESENT: Councillor L Haysey (Chairman/Leader) Councillors E Buckmaster, J Goodeve, G Jones, G McAndrew, S Rutland-Barsby and G Williamson.

ALSO PRESENT:

Councillors A Alder, P Ballam, R Brunton, S Bull, M Casey, T Page, M Pope and T Stowe.

OFFICERS IN ATTENDANCE:

Simon Aley - Interim Legal Services Manager Isabel Brittain - Head of Strategic Finance and Property Jonathan Geall - Head of Housing and Health Martin Ibrahim - Democratic Services Team Leader Christine - Project Manager Ogunkanmi Anjeza Saliaj - Project Manager Helen Standen - Deputy Chief Executive Kevin Steptoe - Head of Planning

Page 7 E E

and Building Control Services Liz Watts - Chief Executive

292 LEADER'S ANNOUNCEMENTS

The Leader welcomed Members and Officers and reminded everyone that the meeting was being webcast. She wished everyone a merry Christmas and a happy new year.

She also referred to this meeting being the last to be attended by Martin Ibrahim, who was leaving after 34 years’ service in local government, 18 of them at East Herts. On behalf of Members, she thanked him for his support over that time and wished him well in his retirement.

293 MINUTES – 23 OCTOBER 2018

Councillor G McAndrew moved, and Councillor S Rutland-Barsby seconded, a motion to approve the Minutes of the previous meeting as a correct record. After being put to the meeting, and a vote taken, the motion was declared CARRIED.

RESOLVED – that the Minutes of the Executive meeting held on 23 October 2018 be approved as a correct record and signed by the Leader.

294 UPDATE FROM OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE

The Executive received a report from the Overview and Scrutiny Committee detailing its comments and

Page 8 E E

recommendations on various matters considered at its meeting held on 6 November 2018, including on:

 Shared Services: Revenues and Benefits;  Homeless Strategy;  Update from Executive Member for Housing; and  OSC Work Programme.

The Executive received the report.

RESOLVED – that the report be received.

295 UPDATE FROM JOINT MEETING OF PERFORMANCE, AUDIT AND GOVERNANCE SCRUTINY COMMITTEE AND OVERVIEW SCRUTINY COMMITTEE

The Executive received a report from the joint meeting of the Overview and Scrutiny Committee and Performance, Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committee detailing its comments and recommendations on various matters considered at its meeting held on 20 November 2018, including on:

 Medium Term Financial Plan, Budget Report and Service Plans 2019/10; and  Progress Report on the Old River Lane Development.

The Executive received the report.

RESOLVED – that the report be received.

Page 9 E E

296 BUDGET REPORT AND SERVICE PLANS 2019/20 - 2022/23

The Executive Member for Finance and Support Services submitted a report which set out proposals in respect of:

 the Medium Term Financial Plan (MTFP) 2019/20 – 2022/23;  the Capital Programme 2019/20 to 2022/23;  the Schedule of Charges for 2019/20; and  the draft service plans for 2019/20.

He referred to the comments of the joint meeting of Scrutiny Committees, at its meeting held on 20 November 2018, which had been noted elsewhere in the meeting (Minute247 refers).

In response to various Members’ comments and questions, the Head of Strategic Finance and Property explained that the sums shown in the capital programme for Ward Freman swimming pool were separate from the general maintenance sums which were held in a different budget. These indicative figures related to refurbishment works yet to be profiled. In respect of Fanshawe pool, negotiations were continuing and a meeting with the Head teacher was being planned.

In respect of the New Homes Bonus, the Head of Strategic Finance and Property reminded Members on how this was allocated. In relation to Pay Awards, she also expressed confidence that the budget allocation was within the affordability range as the worst scenario had been assumed.

Page 10 E E

The Executive Member confirmed that a £5 per year increase in council tax had been included across all four years of the MTFP.

The Leader referred to the recent Peer Review and thanked the Head of Strategic Finance and Property for the clarity provided on funding issues generally.

Councillor G Williamson moved, and Councillor J Goodeve seconded, a motion to support the recommendations now detailed. After being put to the meeting, and a vote taken, the motion was declared CARRIED.

The Executive supported the proposals now detailed.

RESOLVED – that Council be recommended to approve (A) the draft service plans for 2019/20;

(B) the East Herts share of Council Tax for a band D in 2019/20 at £169.09;

(C) the updated position on the Medium Term Financial Plan and Budget for 2019/20 including the budget pressures and risks;

(D) the new savings in 2019/20 as shown in table 9 of the report submitted;

(E) implementation of the Capital Programme as set out in Essential Reference Paper ‘C’ of the report submitted; and

Page 11 E E

(F) the schedule of charges set out in Essential Reference Paper ‘D’ of the report submitted, with an overall increase of 2.5% for 2019/20.

297 EAST HERTS HEALTH AND WELLBEING STRATEGY 2018- 2023

The Executive Member for Health and Wellbeing submitted a report on the updated Health and Wellbeing Strategy covering the period 2019-2023, including the draft new Physical Activity Strategy.

He explained that, whilst the seven priorities remain unchanged, more explicit links were now being made between the Council’s strategic framework and health and wellbeing priorities. He reiterated the Council’s role as:

 a provider of public health assets and services;  a deliverer of public health activities and programmes; and  an enabler of health improvement.

He expressed his gratitude to Officers for their continuing good work and support. Councillor A Alder also expressed her gratitude for the important social prescribing work which had improved people’s quality of life.

Councillor E Buckmaster moved, and Councillor S Rutland-Barsby seconded, a motion to support the recommendations now detailed. After being put to the meeting, and a vote taken, the motion was declared CARRIED.

Page 12 E E

The Executive supported the recommendation now detailed.

RESOLVED – that Council be recommended to approve the content of the draft Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2019 – 2023, incorporating the draft Physical Activity Strategy.

298 HARLOW AND GILSTON GARDEN TOWN VISION AND DESIGN CHARTER

The Leader of the Council submitted a report on the Harlow and Gilston Garden Town Vision, together with its supporting Design Guide, and requested that they be supported as material planning considerations.

The Leader welcomed the wide-ranging engagement within the consultation events and advised that Essential Reference Paper ‘G’, which set out the comments made, would be updated and submitted for Council to consider.

Councillor R Brunton thanked the Leader for acknowledging the local concerns raised and expressed his support for the recommendations.

Councillor L Haysey moved, and Councillor S Rutland- Barsby seconded, a motion to support the recommendations now detailed. After being put to the meeting, and a vote taken, the motion was declared CARRIED.

The Executive supported the recommendations as now

Page 13 E E

detailed.

RESOLVED – that Council be recommended to approve (A) the Harlow and Gilston Garden Town Vision, as set out in Essential Reference Paper ‘B’ to the report submitted, and its supporting Design Guide, as set out in Essential Reference Paper ‘C’, to the report submitted, as material planning considerations for the preparation of masterplans, the preparation of the Gilston Area Charter, pre-application advice, assessing planning applications and any other development management purposes;

(B) the Head of Planning and Building Control, in consultation with the Leader of the Council, being authorised to agree any minor amendments following consideration of the Vision and Design Guide documents by the Garden Town local planning authorities; and

(C) the final Vision and Design Guide documents being taken to the Garden Town Member Board on the 4 February 2019 for endorsement.

299 DRAFT AFFORDABLE HOUSING SUPPLEMENTARY PLANNING DOCUMENT

The Leader of the Council submitted a report seeking approval to publish the draft Affordable Housing Supplementary Planning Document (SPD) for public consultation.

Page 14 E E

Various Members expressed support for the recommendations and welcomed the clear statement in respect of what the Council would require from future developments.

In response to a Member’s question, the Head of Housing and Health explained the 80% cap on equity in shared ownership properties within Designated Protected Areas.

The Executive Member for Housing referred to the Housing Fair that would be held in February 2019.

Councillor L Haysey moved, and Councillor J Goodeve seconded, a motion to support the recommendations now detailed. After being put to the meeting, and a vote taken, the motion was declared CARRIED.

The Executive supported the recommendations as now detailed.

RESOLVED – that (A), in accordance with the Environmental Assessment of Plans and Programmes Regulations 2004, Council be recommended to determine that a Strategic Environmental Assessment of the emerging Affordable Housing Supplementary Planning Document (SPD) is not required as it is unlikely to have significant environmental effects; and

(B) to approve the draft Affordable Housing Supplementary Planning Document (SPD), as set out in Essential Reference Paper ‘B’ of the report submitted, for a six-week period of public

Page 15 E E

consultation.

300 QUARTERLY CORPORATE HEALTHCHECK - QUARTER 2 (SEPTEMBER 2018)

The Executive considered and noted a report on finance and performance monitoring for July – September 2018.

The Executive noted the report.

RESOLVED – that (A) the projected revenue budget forecast underspend of £32k in 2018/19, be noted;

(B) the capital budget for 2018/19 of £6.578m be noted; and

301 OLD RIVER LANE AND NORTHGATE END DEVELOPMENT

The Executive considered a joint report of the Leader of the Council and the Executive Member for Finance and Support Services on progress made with respect to the Old River Lane (ORL) and Northgate End development sites in Bishop’s Stortford. They sought approval for:

 an emerging Heads of Terms which will form the basis of the development agreement;  a final brief and estimated budget for the Arts and Entertainment Centre;  the estimated budget and final business case for the

Page 16 E E

Multi Storey Car Park and residential and commercial units at Northgate End and an update on the procurement of the design team, surveys and investigations; and  the land required that is currently in the ownership of Hertfordshire County Council and Bishop’s Stortford Town Council.

The Leader reminded Members that Essential Reference Papers ‘C’ and ‘D’ contained exempt information and that, if Members wished to go into detail on these, the meeting could exclude the press and public.

In response to Members’ comments and questions, the Chief Executive confirmed that the heads of terms signed with Bishop’s Stortford Town Council and the Rhodes Birthplace Trust in relation to capital and revenue funding of the Arts and Entertainment Centre, were indications of intent and were not binding.

Councillor G Williamson moved, and Councillor L Haysey seconded, a motion to support the recommendations now detailed. After being put to the meeting, and a vote taken, the motion was declared CARRIED.

The Executive supported the recommendations as now detailed.

RESOLVED – that (A) the comments from the joint meeting of Overview Scrutiny and Performance, Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committees with respect to:

(i) the competitive dialogue procurement

Page 17 E E

process for Old River Lane; (ii) the latest brief (Essential Reference Paper ‘B’), estimated budget and likely funding partners for the Arts and Entertainment Centre; (iii) the draft Heads of Terms for the Development Agreement at Exempt Essential Reference Paper’ C’; and (iv) the final business case for the Multi Storey Car Park and adjoining residential/commercial units at Northgate End (Exempt Essential Reference Paper ‘D’), known as the ‘Northgate End Developments’;

be noted;

(B) the final business case for the ‘Northgate End Developments’ detailed at exempt Essential Reference Paper ‘D’, be approved;

(i) a capital allocation of £19.03m for the Northgate End Developments; and (ii) subject to the construction of the Northgate End Developments, planning conditions being discharged and conditions listed under recommendation (D) below being met;

(D) the commencement of construction of the Northgate End Developments being conditional upon the following:

Page 18 E E

(i) planning permission; (ii) capital funding being allocated by Council on 19 December 2018; (iii) a preferred developer for the main ORL site is approved by Council on 5 March 2019;

be noted; and

(E) Council be recommended that land owned by Hertfordshire County Council and Bishop’s Stortford Town Council (as set out in paragraph 6.2 of the report submitted) is purchased, using LEP funding granted for this purpose.

The meeting closed at 7.56 pm

Chairman ......

Date ......

Page 19 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 5

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY EXECUTIVE MEMBER FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

BID TO THE EUROPEAN REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT FUND FOR LAUNCHPAD 2 PROJECT

WARD(S) AFFECTED: ALL

Purpose/Summary of Report

 To present options for expanding the Launchpad concept and supporting business growth in the district

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EXECUTIVE: that:

(A) A collaborative approach with Ware Town Council on opening a Launchpad at Ware Priory and funding committed from the Priority Spend Reserve of up to £38,600 over 2019/20 – 2020/21, be approved. (B) The submission of a bid for ERDF funding for the Launchpad 2 project with East Herts Council as the accountable body and Ware Town Council as strategic partners, with funding committed from the Priority Spend Reserve of up to £162,900 over 2019/20 – 2021/22, be approved.

1.0 Background:

Ware Launchpad

1.1 A key part of the economic development vision agreed by Executive in 2015/16 was to review provision of business start-up

Page 21 and advice services in the district. At the time a facility existed at the Ware Campus of Hertford Regional College, run by WENTA with funding from East Herts Council. Funding was also provided directly by WENTA (through an EU grant) and Broxbourne Borough Council. In 2016 Broxbourne ceased supporting this facility (to help set up their Basepoint Business Centre in Hoddesdon). In 2017 East Herts did the same by directing funding towards the Launchpad in Charringtons House. The WENTA run facility continued to operate until October 2018 with EU funding before closing.

1.2 Since then there has been a gap in public sector provision of business start-up/ flexible working space in the Hertford and Ware area. One of the actions in the 2018/19 Council Service Plan was to investigate how such provision could be met. Several possible venues have been considered which need the following: vacant space suitable for flexible use, near a town centre, business park or other easily accessible hub and with a landlord willing to invest on the basis the return will be wider economic growth for the areas as oppose to direct profit. Likely venues have included Hertford Town Council owned offices and vacant parts of Wallfields. However the Priory, owned by Ware Town Council, has emerged as the most workable solution.

1.3 The Lord Wake Suite (in the upper part of the Priory) is available for commercial rent however has been vacant for some time and proving difficult to let. It is on the open market for a rent of £10,000 per annum plus service charge of £4,500. No rates are being paid as the property is empty and exempt from empty property charge as a listed building.

1.4 The Ware Launchpad proposal would entail the following:

- A Launchpad branded facility – flexible, easy in, easy out working space – based in Ware Priory (town centre location with parking)

Page 22 - 12x hotdesks in the Lord Wake Suite (a total of 729 sq. foot office space split over 2 rooms, a small kitchen area and an additional room suitable for small meetings) - A 24 month trial to test the effectiveness and demand for this facility (with an initial review after 12 months) from 1 April 2019 – 31 March 2021 - A collaborative approach between Ware Town Council and East Herts Council, underpinned by a partnership agreement/ memorandum of understanding and with a 50/50 split on income - Aim to cover costs (as far as possible) of operation through generating income - Target audience is new business start ups, early growth businesses, individuals who work from home but need professional space and commuters seeking an alternative/ virtual office in the Ware, Hertford and surrounding catchment area

1.5 There are a number of other benefits alongside the targets. This will bring an extra 729 sq. foot of office space back into use as well as provide flexible working facilities for businesses and individuals in the South and West of the district. Currently users of the Bishop’s Stortford Launchpad tend to come from the town and surrounding villages to the North and East (including Essex and Cambridgeshire). This facility will be a viable option for individuals in the Hertford, Ware and surrounding catchment area. We would aim to open the facility in April 2019.

1.6 Ware Town Council’s finance committee considered a paper on 19th November 2018 with the above in mind. They are in support of the project and committed £15,000 of revenue support to the proposal to the first year. Estimated costs for East Herts Council are also £15,000 per year. There will be additional costs of up to £8,600 to get the space fit for purpose (in terms of minor refurbishment and furniture). The total investment over 2 years therefore will be up to £38,600. Income will be generated Page 23 from users of the space and this will be used to off-set running costs on a 50/50 basis for both Ware Town Council and East Herts.

2.0 Bid to the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) to upscale the Launchpad and deliver targeted business support services across the district

2.1 An outline bid was submitted to MHCLG (via the ESIF Committee) in May 2018 and was subsequently approved to proceed to the next stage in November 2018. We have been invited to submit a full bid in early February. Projects need to be minimum of £1,000,000 in expenditure (over 3 years) and match funded by the applicants. The bid consists of the following components:

- “Upscaling” the Launchpad concept (expanding the existing facility to create ‘grow on’ space in the vacant part of the Ground Floor of Charrington’s House including 6x smaller offices and 2x larger meeting rooms/ training rooms) - A new Launchpad facility based in Ware Priory (as per the above) - Through these two facilities we will create a ‘hub’ of business support in Bishop’s Stortford (servicing business needs in and around the London Stansted Cambridge Corridor) with a satellite facility in Ware (servicing business needs in the South and West of the district). - A package of revenue support for businesses primarily aimed at the post start-up phase. This will include: o Generic support for businesses in early growth phase (eg. moving from the home/ spare room to premises) o Targeted support for the bio-science sector and its associated value chain o Targeted support for the Airport Maintenance, Repair and Operation (MRO) sector and its associated value chain

Page 24 o Targeted support for social enterprise from start up through to growth phases - Grant (up to 40%) finance for businesses in the above sectors to invest in product, process and service improvements (grants between £3,000 - £15,000) - Providing a legacy for East Herts: at the close of the 3 year project to have ensured more businesses are successful in the district, have a pipeline of businesses ready to move to facilities in new developments (eg. Old River Lane/ Northgate End, Goods Yard) and to build foundations of a sector strengths in bio science, MRO and social enterprise

2.2 It should be noted that if we proceed in submitting a full bid this will represent a step change in the council’s approach to economic development. Currently it operates with 1.5 WTE and runs a number of projects which are all small – medium in size. If we are successful the council will be running a £1m project. East Herts do not have the capacity to undertake this in isolation and will need to bring in additional expertise. The bid is predicated on Ware Town Council being strategic partners, creating new roles within the Economic Development service and commissioning services through a tender process (this specifically applies to supporting the bio science, MRO and social enterprise sectors). Although East Herts Council will act as the accountable body a number of partners and contractors are likely to be involved in project delivery. The grant financing element also requires a total private sector contribution of up to £180,000 over the 3 years (eg. A business wishing to purchase a new piece of equipment that costs £30,000 would need to provide £18,000 of its own funding and seek a grant for the remaining £12,000).

2.3 The advantages of constructing the bid as per (2.1) is that it enables us to include some current costs as part of the council’s contribution to match funding thus reducing the direct cash contribution whilst still leveraging ERDF monies. The total cash

Page 25 contribution from the Council is estimated to be £86,500 for 2019/20 and £57,500 for years 2020/21 and 2021/22 (a total of £201,500). Any income from the facilities will be used to off-set these costs.

2.4 Should Executive be minded to submit a bit the average length of time to agree grant conditions with MHCLG is around 3-5 months and therefore the project (if approved) is likely to begin in June 2019.

2.5 The Ware Launchpad proposal is also a key part of the ERDF project and the costs in (2.3) include the costs outlined in (1.6). Therefore if Executive are minded to support the Ware Launchpad opening in April 2019 this reduces the subsequent amount required from £201,500 to £162,900.

2.6 The project has a number of specific targets which are calculated using ERDF guidelines on value for money outputs:

- 55 businesses receiving support (12 hours or a grant of £1k or over) - 27 businesses receiving a grant of £1k or over - 11 established businesses receiving support (not counted as getting a grant) - 17 new enterprises supported - Grant scheme of £150k of which £75k leverage from private sector - 17 new FTE jobs created - 2 enterprises supported to introduce new to the market products - Over 2500 sq ft. of space brought into use - 26 potential entrepreneurs assisted to be enterprise ready

2.7 There are a number of wider benefits also. Alongside leveraging £500,000 from the ERDF, this project will mark a step change in the council’s approach to economic development. There will be

Page 26 significantly strengthened and pro-active support for businesses in the post start-up phase who looking to move from the home into office space. Alongside this we will actively seek to encourage the growth of businesses in the bio science and MRO value chain, strengthening Bishop’s Stortford position within the Innovation Corridor. There is also significant development due to take place in and around Bishop’s Stortford over the next few years. This project will deliver a pipeline of businesses ready to move into new facilities at Northgate End, the Goods Yard and Bishop’s Stortford North and South.

Background Papers None

Contact Member: Councillor Gary Jones, Deputy Leader and Executive Member for Economic Development [email protected]

Contact Officer: Benjamin Wood, Head of Communications, Strategy and Policy, Extn: 1699 [email protected]

Report Author: Benjamin Wood, Head of Communications, Strategy and Policy, Extn: 1699 [email protected]

Page 27 This page is intentionally left blank ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Contribution to Priority 3 – Enable a flourishing local economy the Council’s Corporate Priorities/ Objectives (delete as appropriate): Consultation: Workshop with economic development stakeholders took place 19th December Legal: Advice required on state aid exemptions for use of income Financial: Up to £201,000 spend over 3 years (off-set with income) Human Additional recruitment involved Resource: Risk Risk assessment required if the bid is accepted Management:

Health and None wellbeing – issues and impacts:

Equality Impact EIA required (and completed) Assessment required:

Page 29 This page is intentionally left blank Essential Reference Paper ‘C’

Launchpad 2 bid – commissioned/ contracted element of the project

Appendix A contains details of the programmes already in existence across the county. This helps us define what activities the Launchpad 2 project wouldn’t be eligible for in terms of EU funding. Much of it relates to universal services (e.g. Generic business start-up advice) along with some specific areas (e.g. Companies looking to export to new countries and grants for companies in the creative sector). Based on this and a workshop with key stakeholders which took place on 19th December the following could form the basis of a contract specification:

 Generic business support for businesses in the early growth phase (eg. Seeking to move from their home to premises)  Support for companies in in the Stansted Airport MRO (Maintenance, Repair and Operation) and MRO value chain o Networking events and platforms, peer support/ mentoring, 1:1 consultancy support o Development of landing packages/ inward investment strategies for companies looking to set up in East Herts o Administering private sector matched grant funding (up to 40% from the ERDF) for product and service development (eg. New equipment) o Focus on micro – SME Page 31 Page  Support for companies operating in the bio science sector and value chain: o Networking events and platforms, peer support/ mentoring, 1:1 consultancy support Page 32 Page

o Development of landing packages/ inward investment strategies for companies looking to set up in East Herts o Administering private sector matched grant funding (up to 40% from the ERDF) for product and service development (eg. New equipment) o Focus on micro - SME  Support for the social enterprise sector: o Events, 1:1 support and advice for start-up (eg. Including legal, tax and HR advice) o Networking events and platforms, peer support/ mentoring, 1:1 consultancy support o Administering private sector matched grant funding (up to 40% from the ERDF) for start up costs o Focus on start up – micro  Provide a legacy for business support in East Herts which can be taken forward in new developments Appendix A:

Get Growing This is the key business support service in Hertfordshire. Although support for all SMEs (Hertfordshire is available, we are aware that the project is focussed on medium sized SMEs with the Growth Hub) capacity to offer significant expansion. The Launchpad 2 project will focus on smaller SMEs seeking initial expansion opportunities and physical facilities. We will work closely with the Growth Hub to avoid duplication and will refer SMEs for Growth Hub support as appropriate. Get Exporting 2 This project is aimed at SMEs within the East of England that are looking to grow through – GE2 (DIT Export/International trade. This contract is run by the Exemplas group. Any clients ERDF Project accessing the Launchpad 2 service that fit the criteria for GE2 will be referred on. including Launchpad 2 clients and staff will be made fully aware of the GE2 and its service grants up to offering. 3k) Manufacturing We are aware that the Growth Hub and the Get Growing team have been working Growth closely with this project and all client facing staff are aware of the service and what it Programme offers. The Launchpad 2 Grant will not be available for any clients working with Get (including Growing that are suitable for the Manufacturing Growth Programme grant. Any clients grants up to identifying actions within their growth plan that the MGP project could support will be 1k) referred on through our referral and signposting processes. ProConnect We are aware of the ProConnect Hertfordshire ERDF project and all Launchpad 2 staff Page 33 Page Hertfordshire and the delivery contractor will be made aware of the service and what it offers. The grants offered by ProConnect are only available to businesses in the creative sector but Page 34 Page

can also be used to access external consultancy. Referral protocols and signposting will be used to refer clients within this sector to ProConnect and Launchpad grants will not be available to SMEs that are engaged with the ProConnect project. Keep + / These are all projects which provide specialist support and all Launchpad 2 staff and the Hertfordshire delivery contractor will be made aware of the services. Existing referral routes will be Low Carbon used to refer Launchpad 2 clients to specialist support as is appropriate. Innovation Network/ Innovate to Succeed/ Low Carbon workspaces University of Outside of the Growth Hub, which is contracted by the Hertfordshire LEP, the majority Hertfordshire of business support is provided to start-ups and innovative companies, or via management training from the Business School. Through communication within the University Group (which includes Exemplas as Growth Hub delivery body), we will ensure that client-facing staff and the delivery contractor is aware of this programme and that suitable clients are referred, so as to reduce the risk of confusion Hertfordshire Chamber services are mainly membership, networking, lobbying and international trade. Chamber of We will ensure that the Chamber is aware of this programme, to bring it to the attention Commerce of members and ensure there are referrals where appropriate, and no duplication of provision or confusion in the market Wenta/Stanta WENTA, Stevenage Business and Technology Centre, Maylands Business Centre, STANTA (HSUP) – who offer free advice, premises and workshops. We will avoid overlap as they are focussing on smaller SMEs/micros, largely in their own area. But we will make them aware, as above, and remove the risk of confusion Other local Local Chambers provide networking events, some export activity and some small chambers business advice clinics. Again, we will make them aware of the programme, as above EEN The official European Commission business support vehicle for the former East of England region, providing access to the European market place, European partner search and awareness of, and influencing, European business legislation and policies. The network is run by Exemplas on behalf of the Commission, and we will ensure that its delivery team is aware of the Launchpad 2 programme so as to make referrals where appropriate and avoid duplication of provision FSB A national membership, networking, lobbying and representation body with some local infrastructure, offering very limited business support, targeted towards smaller SMEs/micros. We will make them aware of this programme, to bring it to the attention of members. Page 35 Page This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 6

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY LEADER OF THE COUNCIL

HERTFORDSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL: HERTFORDSHIRE INFRASTRUCTURE AND FUNDING PROSPECTUS 2018-2031

WARD(S) AFFECTED: ALL

Purpose/Summary of Report

 The purpose of this report is to note the publication of the Hertfordshire Infrastructure and Funding Prospectus 2018- 2031 and to agree that it is used when discussing infrastructure needs with the development industry.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EXECUTIVE: To recommend to Council that:

(A) The publication of the Hertfordshire Infrastructure and Funding Prospectus 2018-2031 be noted; and (B) The Hertfordshire Infrastructure and Funding Prospectus 2018-2031 is used when discussing infrastructure needs with the development industry.

1.0 Background

1.1 In order to better understand the scale of the infrastructure challenges in Hertfordshire, a number of years ago representatives from the County Council, local authorities and the Hertfordshire Local Enterprise Partnership (LEP) established a Hertfordshire Infrastructure and Planning Partnership (HIPP) to further collaborative working. The HIPP has identified a need for a joint approach on infrastructure and planning across Hertfordshire, which has seen the HIPP Page 37 investigate the potential for better joint working in the light of the Government’s encouragement for local authorities to come together both formally and informally to address strategic planning and infrastructure issues.

1.2 The HIPP therefore commissioned Aecom to undertake an evidence-based assessment of infrastructure needs based on the current understanding of growth across the County. This document, the subject of this report, is the Hertfordshire Infrastructure and Funding Prospectus (HIFP). A link to The Executive Summary is included in the Background Papers section below.

1.3 The HIFP was reported to the LEP Board (for endorsement) and the Hertfordshire Growth Board (for information) on the 13th December 2018. The Growth Board subsequently endorsed the report on the 29th January 2019 and the County Council’s Growth, Infrastructure, Planning and Economy Cabinet Panel on the 6th February.

2.0 Report

2.1 The HIFP provides a ‘snap-shot’ in time as of September 2018 and is based on the most up-to-date information published for each local authority, commensurate to each Council’s Plan- making stage. The study is based upon identified housing growth from 2018 to 2031 where this can be identified with a good degree of certainty.

2.2 The study represents an overarching baseline of growth patterns; infrastructure projects across a wide range of infrastructure topic areas including transport, education, health, emergency services, community facilities, green infrastructure, waste and flooding; cost requirements and funding gaps.

2.3 The prospectus comprises 8 chapters:

Page 38  Chapter 1 introduces the scope and methodology of the study.

 Chapter 2 describes the infrastructure context in Hertfordshire in terms of the complex relationships between infrastructure providers and briefly sets out the Plan-making stage of each local authority.

 Chapter 3 sets out the growth context for Hertfordshire using Census information and data collected from each authority.

 Chapter 4 builds the picture of the infrastructure needed to support expected growth in Hertfordshire to 2031 and the anticipated funding to provide it.

 Chapter 5 provides a local authority focus for an analysis of infrastructure needs and costs. The East Herts section is on pages 146 and 147. Please note that this does not replace the East Herts Infrastructure Delivery Plan, nor does it list all known projects from the IDP in the illustrations. The East Herts IDP details infrastructure necessary to support the East Herts District Plan. The HIFP meanwhile builds upon the IDP, collating the information with information from IDPs and known projects from across the County.

 Chapter 6 describes the difficulties in securing funding, describes potential sources of funding such as public bodies and developer contributions. It also looks at alternative, more innovative funding mechanisms which are being developed by public and private sectors, and considers how these may be used to fund different types of infrastructure projects.

 Chapter 7 summarises key findings, provides conclusions and sets out next steps for the short, medium and longer

Page 39 term. Presenting the HIFP to each local authority is part of those next steps.  Chapter 8 provides a number of caveats required where local authorities are at different stages in Plan-making, and sets out a number of benchmarks and assumptions used in the methodology such as infrastructure requirement ratios per population growth.

2.4 Headlines and key growth findings include:

 Local authorities across Hertfordshire have identified housing growth from 2018 to 2031 of an average 6,425 dwellings per annum – this compares to annual average completions of 3,189 dwellings per annum from 2011/12 to 2016/17.  Local authorities across Hertfordshire have identified housing need for approximately 97,411 homes between 2018 and 2031.  A total housing supply of 83,530 dwellings are expected between 2018 and 2031.  Population is forecast to increase by 107,400 between 2018 and 2031.  Employment is forecast to increase by 44,650 jobs between 2018 and 2031.

2.5 In terms of infrastructure, headline findings include:

 Across most infrastructure topics, decades of growth have created deficits in existing infrastructure, both across Hertfordshire and in localised areas.  Delivering the necessary infrastructure to support growth from 2018 to 2031 is estimated to cost at least £5.7 billion in 2018 terms (just capital funding and not including maintenance).  Total secured and expected funding for this infrastructure comes to around £2.1 billion – this leaves a remaining funding gap of £3.6 billion at 2018 prices, or 63% of the total infrastructure cost in Hertfordshire to 2031. Page 40 2.6 Clearly, the issue of funding for infrastructure projects remains an issue and the HIFP recommends that local authorities across Hertfordshire work together to devise an integrated package of funding sources and delivery mechanisms that meet the needs of different areas and types of infrastructure. However, the challenge of meeting many of the infrastructure requirements may require, in part, an approach that involves new and innovative ways of securing funding and delivering services in a more integrated approach.

2.7 As stated, the HIFP is not intended to replace individual Infrastructure Delivery Plans required to underpin Local Plans, but it does provide a useful tool for understanding costs and potential sources of funding. In terms of moving forward, the HIFP will provide a tool for local authorities when meeting with infrastructure providers and funding bodies, including with Government officials. It will also be useful in discussing infrastructure needs with the development industry. Longer term next steps include prioritising infrastructure projects and to commission a further study which will look at theoretical growth and infrastructure needs of the County to 2050.

3.0 Implications/Consultations

3.1 Information on any corporate issues and consultation associated with this report can be found within Essential Reference Paper ‘A’.

Background Papers Hertfordshire Infrastructure and Funding Prospectus 2018-2031 Executive Summary www.eastherts.gov.uk/evidencebase under Infrastructure and Delivery

Page 41 Contact Member: Councillor Linda Haysey – Leader of the Council [email protected]

Contact Officer: Kevin Steptoe – Head of Planning and Building Control, Tel: 01992 531407 [email protected]

Report Author: Jenny Pierce – Senior Project Officer (Policy and Implementation) [email protected]

Page 42 ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Consultation: The Prospectus has been prepared in consultation with each district/borough council, but as a technical document requires no further consultation.

Legal: None. This document has been prepared by Hertfordshire County Council Financial: None. This document has been prepared by Hertfordshire County Council Human None. This document has been prepared by Resource: Hertfordshire County Council Risk None. This document has been prepared by Management: Hertfordshire County Council

Health and The link between planning and health has long been wellbeing – established. The built and natural environments are issues and major determinants of health and wellbeing. The impacts: Prospectus will be a tool for use in discussing all infrastructure types which include healthcare Equality Impact None. This document has been prepared by Assessment Hertfordshire County Council required:

Page 43 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 7

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY LEADER OF THE COUNCIL

LAND WEST OF HERTFORD (NORTH OF WELWYN ROAD) MASTERPLANNING FRAMEWORK

WARD(S) AFFECTED: ALL

Purpose/Summary of Report

 To enable Executive Members to consider the Masterplanning Framework for the following site in Hertford:

(i) Land West of Hertford (North of Welwyn Road) (HERT3)

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EXECUTIVE: To recommend to Council that:

(A) The Masterplanning Framework for Land West of Hertford (North of Welwyn Road) (HERT3), as detailed at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’ to this report, be agreed as a material consideration for Development Management purposes.

1.0 Background

1.1 The East Herts Approach to Master Planning was first presented to the District Planning Executive Panel in September 2017 (and agreed by Council on the 18th October 2017). The report sets out a series of steps that describe the various stages involved and processes expected for each of the District Plan strategic allocations. Whilst not a one-size- fits-all approach, the process is based upon a collaborative approach to identifying and resolving issues, creating a vision for what the site aspires to achieve, testing design options and Page 45 consulting upon preferred solutions. The output of this process is a masterplan framework or masterplan which is presented to members for consideration.

1.2 In order to embed the Masterplanning process in the District Plan, a new policy was proposed through the Main Modifications Consultation. Policy DES1: Masterplanning requires all ‘significant’ development proposals to prepare a masterplan setting out the quantum and distribution of land uses; access; sustainable high quality design and layout principles; necessary infrastructure; the relationship between the site and other adjacent and nearby land uses; landscape and heritage assets and other relevant matters. Furthermore, the masterplan should be collaboratively prepared and informed by public participation. Finally, Policy DES1 states that in order to ensure sites are planned and delivered comprehensively, any application for development on part of the site will be assessed against its contribution to the masterplan as a whole.

1.3 The masterplan should therefore provide sufficient information to inform the preparation of detailed aspects of the site at the planning application stage. The level of detail required for the masterplan will depend upon the likely form of delivery of the site. For example, if it is likely that the site will be delivered by a number of developers, more detail will be needed in the masterplan in order to provide more certainty on key matters so that future parties are very clear on what the site is expected to achieve. Where delivery is expected by one party, a masterplanning framework may be prepared which sets out key parameters and aspirations upon which further detail will be provided.

1.4 For each of the strategic sites allocated in the District Plan a Steering Group has been, or will be established. This will comprise East Herts councillors, town and parish councillors, representatives of the local community and other interested groups where appropriate. The Steering Group is a sounding Page 46 board for key issues and depending upon specific circumstances, for discussing detailed design elements whilst preparing the planning application through to when construction is underway.

2.0 Report

2.1 The site subject of this report comprises land to the north of Welwyn Road to the west of Hertford. It is a strategic allocation within the District Plan 2018. It should be noted that the HERT3 allocation within the District Plan is a split site comprising two parcels of land: Land north of Welwyn Road and land south of Welwyn Road/west of Thieves Lane. The parcel of land subject of this report is the land north of Welwyn Road. The site landowners, London and Regional have embarked on a masterplanning exercise with Officers. Subsequent to the District Plan Examination in Public and adoption of the District Plan, work has advanced on preparing a masterplan framework, which will support the planning application process.

2.2 Policy HERT3 of the District Plan sets out the proposed land uses and other policy requirements, as well as a requirement that a masterplan is produced in a collaborative manner with stakeholders. As stated above the HERT3 allocation within the District Plan is a split site, with two parcels of land making up the allocation. The District Plan allocation states that the HERT3 allocation as a whole will deliver a minimum of 550 homes, with around 300 homes being provided on the land North of Welwyn Road.

2.3 The Masterplan Framework provided in Essential Reference Paper ‘B’ sets out a general vision for the site providing a ‘high level’ overview of the opportunities at the site and masterplanning principles, which will inform a formal detailed scheme to be submitted at planning stage.

Page 47 2.4 The Masterplan Framework seeks to emphasise the sustainable location of the site, which is within relatively close proximity to Hertford North train station and is within close proximity to a number of services including a parade of shops and schools. The Masterplan Framework also states that sustainable travel will form a key part of the development with a new bus link proposed, the creation of paths for both cyclists and pedestrians, car charging points and electric vehicle parking are also proposed.

2.5 The document also seeks to inform any future application in terms of design concepts and how the development needs to respond to local vernacular and the context of the site. As such, character areas have been identified in order to respond to the urban edge of Sele Farm and the more rural edge of the site to the north and west.

2.6 The document begins with a series of maps illustrating the geography of the site and the constraints. These constraints include differences in land levels, site features and character. The Masterplan Framework acknowledges the local wildlife site that sits on the site with ecological assessments having been undertaken. The Masterplan Framework then progresses to an opportunities map demonstrating how the development can build on and improve the condition and quality of the site and its landscape character. The development shall respond to the surrounding rural landscape, providing expanded footpath network and safe and attractive corridors for pedestrians and cyclists.

2.7 The key masterplanning principles set out is to ensure the development is placed within a strong landscape framework and to create a defined urban edge to Hertford. To ensure high quality design is seen throughout the development. Emphasis is placed on how the site will integrate into its wider setting through a series of pedestrian and cycle connections and prioritises pedestrian and cycle movement above the use

Page 48 of vehicles. Key infrastructure will be provided with provision of high speed broadband.

2.8 In order to manage the stewardship of key public amenity spaces an estate management company will be responsible for the maintenance and management of these areas. In addition arrangements will be made to manage the ecological site within the application site.

Engagement

2.9 Throughout the Plan-making stage a number of meetings have been held with Officers to discuss a wide variety of matters. These discussions have informed the Masterplan Framework and the emerging application.

2.10 London and Regional has undertaken a round of public engagement holding a public exhibition on the Masterplan in April 2018 seeking the views of local residents as well as engaging with the Sele Neighbourhood Area Plan Group.

2.11 A Steering Group has been set up to enable the open debate of issues. This Group comprises a number of councillors, representatives of Hertford Town Council and representatives from the Hertford Civic Society. London and Regional have presented their proposals at a session with Steering Group members and has actively engaged in debate with the group on a range of topics and issues. A number of matters have been discussed at the Steering Group sessions for each site including:

 Highway issues;  Pedestrian and vehicular access;  Public open space and recreation provision;  Sustainable drainage and landscaping;  Layout and design.

Page 49 In addition, there have been separate meetings with Officers and London and Regional have been liaising with Hertfordshire County Council in respect of highways and drainage and continue to do so. These discussions have informed the Masterplanning Framework and will also inform any emerging planning application for the site. It should also be noted that London and Regional have also engaged with the Hertfordshire Design Review Panel. The Panel provided an independent assessment of proposals and their input has been helpful in shaping the emerging scheme.

Conclusions

2.12 London and Regional, intend to submit a planning application in 2019. It is the view of Officers that the Masterplanning Framework for the site provides a basis upon which to move forward to preparing the detailed application stages. It provides a framework regarding the main issues of significance in relation to the development within which a planning application submission can be made. The framework provides a vision for the site, with emphasis placed on its location, connectivity, pedestrian/cycle routes through the site and the wider town.

2.13 It is recommended that the Masterplanning Framework, as detailed at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’, be agreed as a material consideration1 for Development Management purposes.

3.0 Implications/Consultations

3.1 Information on any corporate issues and consultation associated with this report can be found within Essential Reference Paper ‘A’.

1 A material consideration is a matter that should be taken into account in deciding a planning application or on an appeal against a planning decision. Page 50 Background Papers East Herts District Plan October 2018 – Chapter 7 - Hertford, https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/districtplan

Contact Member: Councillor Linda Haysey – Leader of the Council [email protected]

Contact Officer: Kevin Steptoe – Head of Planning and Building Control, Tel: 01992 531407. [email protected]

Report Author: Rachael Collard – Principal Planning Officer (Quality and Performance) [email protected]

Page 51 This page is intentionally left blank ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Consultation: The report relates to a masterplan which has been prepared in collaboration with the community, officers and a member steering group. Legal: N/A

Financial: N/A

Human None Resource: Risk None Management:

Health and The link between planning and health has long been wellbeing – established. The built and natural environments are issues and major determinants of health and wellbeing. The impacts: District Plan is seeking to ensure the most sustainable outcomes for its residents, thus improving health and wellbeing opportunities. This is a strategic site within the Plan and will be designed to meet these objectives. Equality Impact No. The District Plan itself was subject to an EqIA. As Assessment this is a site brought forward under that Plan, no required: additional assessment is required.

Page 53 This page is intentionally left blank ARCHERS SPRING, HERTFORD Page 55 Page LAND ALLOCATION HERT3 LAND TO THE NORTH OF WELWYN ROAD MASTERPLAN FRAMEWORK JANUARY 2019 Page 56 Page CONTENTS

BACKGROUND ��3 PROPOSALS ��16

1.1 Vision �� 4 3.1 Landscape / Ecology Proposals �� 17

1.2 Introduction / Development History / 3.2 Character Proposals �� 18 Approach to the site �� 5 3.3 Connectivity Proposals �� 19 1.3 Consultation �� 6 3.4 Connectivity & Access �� 20 SITE ANALYSIS ��7 3.5 Transport Summary �� 21 2.1 Site Features and Character �� 8 3.6 Open Space Provision �� 22 2.2 Ecology...... �� 9 DEVELOPMENT CHARACTER ��23 2.3 Heritage �� 10 4.1 Character Areas �� 24 2.4 Local Area Analysis ��11 4.2 Landscaping / Planning Policy Principles �� 35 2.5 Local Amenities & Pedestrian Movement �� 12

2.6 Local Transport Links �� 13

2.7 Constraints �� 14

2.8 Opportunities �� 15

Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 2 1.0 BACKGROUND Page 57 Page

Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 3 Page 58 Page

VISION CONNECTIONS & WILDLIFE

Archers Spring will be a superb new development. It will The development benefits from a relationship with an provide a place to live and attract people from existing existing wildlife habitat, protected from development which communities as well as offering a high quality of life with includes a rolling topography, mature woodland, a rural a low environmental footprint, elegantly resolving the edge and to the south of the development the Grade II aspirations of demanding families with the challenge of registered Panshanger Park. These combine to create a sustainable living. housing development with a unique setting and character.

COMMUNITY & CHARACTER SUSTAINABLE TRAVEL

Archers Spring will be a new community of compact, Sustainable travel will also form a key part of this connected character areas that provide a wide choice of development, where a new bus route is proposed to link homes to cater for all family circumstances and provide through with the existing Sele Farm to provide a regular the potential for residents to move within the community service into town. Hertford North’s train station, and the as their needs change. Homes will be designed, as they retail and commercial areas of Hertford town centre and used to be, to last beyond a lifetime. Above all, this will open countryside to the west, will be within easy reach be a place of distinct character where fine streets and – by car, bus or bicycle. Throughout the masterplan, public spaces help to create an environment in which will be opportunities create paths for both cyclists and everyone finds something to cherish; a place where all pedestrians. In addition to providing car parking spaces those who live there, or come to visit the wildlife habitat or for residents and visitors, car charging points and electric Panshanger Park, are able to enjoy the benefits of a more vehicle parking are proposed. sustain¬able and healthy life; a place mixing the best of traditional urbanism and contemporary sustainable design. The proximity to local wildlife sites including Archer’s Spring LWS and Land West of Sele Farm LWS, provide an attractive natural backdrop and reinforce the quality of the landscape in and adjacent to the site. Land West of Sele Farm is located within the application site and will be protected and enhanced with improved formal access, the space already benefits from natural scrubland, rough and neutral grassland with some acid species on the upper slopes. Northern Square view along main boulevard.

1.1 Vision Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 4 INTRODUCTION DEVELOPMENT HISTORY

This masterplanning document has been prepared in line Representations promoting the land for residential The proposed development would act as an attractive with East Herts Council guidance to provide a framework development were first submitted to the Council’s “call for gateway to Hertford, with a design approach responsive of to bring forward the development of around 300 new sites” in June 2012, suggesting the suitability of the site the surrounding area. homes at Land North of Welwyn Road, in accordance with for 250-350 residential dwellings. Further representations the allocation, Policy HERT3. were made to the local plan consultations in 2014, 2016, The proposed masterplan has been designed to have 2017 and 2018. The site is now allocated for “around 300 distinct character areas, creating a distinctive, well The development will be submitted to the Local Planning homes”, in the East Herts District Plan adopted October connected neighbourhood, with good access to play Authority as an outline application, with reserved matters 2018. spaces within the site and the wider wildlife areas and to be submitted at a later date. parks beyond, including Panshanger Park. The high Parallel to the work carried out in relation to the Local quality distinctive design would reflect and promote local In line with Policy HERT3, the proposal will: Plan consultation, 3 pre-application enquiries have been distinctiveness and make the best possible use of the land, submitted to East Herts planning department, most having due regard to the opportunities and constraints of • Provide a range of dwelling type and mix, in recently in 2018, with a pre-application meeting held with the site in line with DES3 of the Local Plan. accordance with the provisions of Policy HOU1 relevant officers August 2018. Key urban design principles of the development are to • Provide Affordable Housing in accordance with Policy A PPA has been signed by both parties. It is expected preserve and enhance the character of the market town HOU3 and subject to viability that following the grant of detailed planning permission, and neighbouring natural environment to enable the development could commence within 12 months from the successful integration of the development. The masterplan • Provide self-build housing, in line with Policy HOU8 date of planning permission, with an estimated build out will be accessible and permeable, prioritising pedestrian rate of around 5 years.” routes and linkages. As demonstrated in the LVIA, the • Demonstrate that the minerals present has been proposal will strengthen the character and distinctive considered APPROACH TO SITE - features of the landscape character of the area, in PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT accordance with policy DES2. • Integrate new utilities as necessary This Masterplan, and the resultant site proposal has been Key vistas will be maintained and maximised to make • Integrate sustainable drainage and provisions for flood positively prepared and has involved consultation with East best use of the land. The proximity of Panshanger Park mitigation as necessary Herts planning officers, Hertford County Council Highways has been fully considered to ensure its protection and Officers, Thames Water, adjacent landowners Croudace enhancement. • Encourage sustainable transport measures (other HERT3 site), Network Homes (Sele Farm Estate), Sele Neighbourhood Area Plan Group, other interested • Enable connections to Sele Farm estate and the local residents and key local stakeholder groups, and surrounding area members. Feedback received from various meetings and public consultations has shaped this masterplan. • Provide responsive landscaping and planting The masterplan has been informed by the background • Deliver public open spaces integrated throughout the documents, surveys and detailed investigations into site the site and surrounding area, including the Transport Assessment, LVIA, Ecological Survey and Drainage • Beyond Policy HERT 3 the development will accord Assessment. with all other relevants policies in the development plan. Page 59 Page

1.2 Introduction / Development History/Approach to the site Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 5 Page 60 Page CONSULTATION This Masterplan, and the resultant site proposal has been positively prepared and has involved consultation with East Herts planning officers, Hertford County Council Highways Officers, Thames Water, adjacent landowners Croudace (other HERT3 site), Network Homes (Sele Farm Estate), Sele Neighbourhood Area Plan Group, other interested local residents and key local stakeholder groups, and members. Feedback received from various meetings and public consultations has shaped this masterplan.

i. Images of public consultation undertaken by London & Regional, Rapleys, WSP and PCKO at Sele School Main Hall on the 19th of April 2018

1.34.10 ConsultationConsultation Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 6 2.0 SITE ANALYSIS Page 61 Page

Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 7 Page 62 Page SITE FEATURES & CHARACTER

Influenced by its setting in a semi-rural location at the edge of Hertford, the site has a mixed character. Much of the 12.55 Ha. site has a disturbed character of poor quality, particularly within the two open, level areas of grassland that dominate at the south and east. These are separated by steep intervening slopes and are characterised by eroded (informal) paths, small isolated spoil heaps and Deciduous Woodland self-seeded vegetation. A series of vegetated bunds Archer’s (largely self-seeded) of varying heights form the southern Spring and western boundaries. The eastern edge has a low bund with adjacent housing within the Sele Farm estate (mainly Pine Plantation (LWS) two storey) housing set well back.

Broken fences and extensive defences against illegal access contributes to a 'waste-ground' appearance that is generally unmanaged. These open plateaux areas are of limited landscape and ecological value. Whilst these are largely visually contained by the bunds along the 437m B1000 frontage (6m high bounding the west plateau and Wildlife Site 2m the east plateau), the bunds are themselves artificial, detracting features. Central Woodland Spur By contrast, the northern part of the site is dominated in character by the large area of woodland which extends Bund to perimeter along the boundary, this includes distinctive scots pine (approx. 6m) within the Archer’s Spring locally designated wildlife site and good quality deciduous species in the east. Through Level Plateau the centre of the site, a spur of woodland (of mixed quality Level Plateau comprising mature trees in amongst self-seeded scrub) extends north to south, dividing the site into two areas: an WELWYN ROAD (B1000) eastern area visually linked to the housing immediately Bund to perimeter adjacent at the edge of Hertford; and the western area, with a stronger relationship to the wider countryside SELE FARM beyond.

The strongest character is found in the northwest of the site. Here a locally designated County Wildlife Site named Land west of Sele Farm (Ref 59/077) has a tranquil Panshanger character despite the presence of disturbed ground. The Park (LWS) wildlife site includes areas of derelict old grassland and N Scale: 1:2,500 @A3 scrub, grassland is mainly rough and neutral in character with shorter more acid communities on the slope. 0 50m 100 200

This and the deciduous woodland contain some fine ii. Site Features (Aerial photography sourced from Esri, DigitalGlobe, GeoEye, i-cubed, Earthstar CNES/Airbus DS, USDA, USGS, AEX, Getmapping, Aerogrid, IGN IGP) veteran ash and field maple pollards. Levels fall away in the north-east corner of the site into a grassy dell

2.1 Site Features and Character Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 8 ECOLOGY AND ARBORICULTURE

Ecological assessments of the site have been undertaken by LUC in 2014 2016 and 2018, building on ecological input previously provided for the tennis centre development by BSG Ecology in 2008/2009. An Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey has been undertaken of the development site, the adjacent Local Wildlife Site (Rough Field by Sele Farm LWS) and adjacent woodland (Archers Spring). The survey and assessment has been undertaken in accordance with best practice guidance and has been informed by biological records from the Herts Environmental Records Centre. The Herts and Middlesex Wildlife Trust have also been consulted regarding the ecological surveys undertaken. LOCAL WILDLIFE SITE

WELWYN ROAD (B1000)

Tree Survey

Category A

Category B

Category C iii. Tree Survey taken from SJ Stevens Tree Constraints Report (2014) Page 63 Page

iv. View looking east towards the eastern boundary of the site at the rear of properties on Bentley Road v. View of the 'Wildlife Site' looking north from the western plateau

2.2 Ecology Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 9 Page 64 Page HERITAGE

Following the advice of the July 2016 Heritage Impact Assessment; which notes the rich heritage in the locality and states that any development on the site will have the potential to impact Panshanger Park. This report notes that of the two HERT3 sites, this one is of lesser importance to the setting of the park, but still contributes to the rural environment which is an important element of the way the park is experienced.

The site is an opportunity to create a better defined urban edge to Hertford, as long as an appropriate natural buffer is maintained between the site and Panshanger Park.

Goldings, to the north of the site is expected to be impacted to a lesser extent due to the fact that the existing urban edge to Hertford currently separates the site from Goldings.

Hert 3 Archers Spring

HERT3 Thieves Lane site

KEY

Site allocation

Proposed extents of developable area

Strengthening of existing planting and / or additional tree-planting for screening Suggested areas of open space Existing woodland blocks Registered Park and Garden vi.KEY Plan of historic significance in the surrounding area, extracted from Panshanger Park Heritage Impact Assessment Unregistered Park and Garden

Site allocation Location 19441944 RAF RAFextent extent of Panshanger of Panshanger Aerodrome Aerodrome Proposed extents extent of ofdevelopable developable area area GradeGrade I Listed I listed Building building Grade II* Listed Building Strengthening of existingof existing planting planting and / andor / or additional tree planting Grade II* listed building additionalfor screening tree-planting for screening GradeGrade II Listed II listed Building building Suggested areas areas of open of open space space Non-designatedNon designated heritage heritage asset asset Existing woodland woodland blocks blocks ConservationConservation Area Area OpenOpen Water Water Registered Park Park and andGarden Garden Unregistered Park Park and andGarden Garden 1944 RAF extent of Panshanger Aerodrome Grade I Listed Building 2.3 Heritage Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework Grade II* Listed Building 10 Grade II Listed Building Non-designated heritage asset

Conservation Area Open Water LOCAL AREA ANALYSIS

GOLDINGS There is small parade of shops including a butchers, ESTATE bakery, pharmacy and supermarket within ten minutes’ HERTFORD CLAY walk from the edge of the site. Hertford town centre has PIGEON SHOOTING CLUB BENGEO significant cultural, sporting and retail provision. COUNTY PRIMARY BROAD OAK SCHOOL Hertford St Andrews Primary, St Joseph's Catholic Primary, MANOR Hollybush Primary School and Sele Secondary School are within 1 km of the site, with a number of other schools

closer to the town centre.

A spur of National Cycle Route 61 connects Sele Farm to cycle routes within Hertford.

SELE FARM COMMUNITY CENTRE 2 km SCOUT 1 km HUT

ST. JOSEPH’S DUNCOMBE ST. ANDREW’S CATHOLIC SCHOOL C OF E PRIMARY SCHOOL PRIMARY TOP HAT STAGE SCHOOL AND SCREEN HARTHAM SCHOOL LEISURE HARTHAM CENTRE COOP COMMON

MILLMEAD HERTFORD SCHOOL EAST STATION HOLLYBUSH SELE PRIMARY HERTFORD SCHOOL SCHOOL NORTH SUPERSTORE STATION HERTFORD MUSEUM

QUEEN’S WARD HERTFORD SHOPS THEATRE

ABEL SMITH MILL MIXED & FARM HERTFORD INFANT CASTLE SCHOOL GATEHOUSE RICHARD HALE SCHOOL HERTFORD TOWN FOOTBALL CLUB

HERTFORDSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

COUNTY HALL CRICKET GROUND KEY

Archer's Spring HERT3 site boundary Sele Farm Estate Adjacent HERT3 site A Road B Road Cycle route 61 Railway Developed area Page 65 Page Panshanger Park Wooded areas

Open water

2.4 Local Area Analysis Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 11 Page 66 Page

A B

C D E

F G DESTINATIONS & LOCAL AMENITIES Sele School (Secondary) & PEDESTRIAN MOVEMENT G Hertford Selections SureStart Childrens Centre Sele Farm Community Centre Principal Pedestrian Route B Potential pedestrian connection to site Scout Hut Open Space & Play C The Ridgeway Local Park St Andrew’s CE Primary School A Multi-use games area & mixed age enclosed play area - Green Flag Award winner Archers Spring site boundary E Panshanger Park Local Shops, Post Office & Doctors D Bentley Road mixed age enclosed play area F Surgery (127 Tudor Way) Sele Farm

2.5 Local Amenities & Pedestrian Movement Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 12 ACCESS Sele Farm Bus Stop for routes 395/396 Bus Stop for route 379

Archers Spring site boundary 395 - Sele Farm Terminus - Fanham Common 379 - Hertford - Bramfield - Stevenage 396 - Sele Farm Terminus - Hertford North Station Panshanger Park (approx. 6 minutes) - Hertford Bus Station - Tesco

Cycle route 61 Potential Bus Connection to site Page 67 Page

2.6 Local Transport Links Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 13 Page 68 Page

CONSTRAINTS

The key site constraints are summarised on the plan opposite and described below.

Woodland and Trees Archer’s Spring Key tree groups and specimen trees of good quality as +67.83 identified by the tree survey.

Local Wildlife Site Designated wildlife site: boundary must be preserved and potential area for enhancement. +59.92 Existing woodland spur of Levels mixed quality Levels across the site. Steeper slopes offering opportunity +70.43 +68.03 for landscape enhancement. DESIGNATED LOCAL Pedestrian Footpaths WILDLIFE SITE Buffer required to protect Existing Existing right of way to the southern boundary. Maintaining woodland pedestrian wider links to the countryside and Sele Farm to the east. link to Sele Buffer required to maintain Farm SECTIONpart of3 planted edge to filter Vehicle Access views from surroundings +72.85 +75.74 Limited options for vehicle access. Welwyn Road and possible link to Sele Farm are the only accessible +69.95 boundaries.

Sele Farm Boundary +76.25 Site backing on to existing adjacent Maintaining suitable back-to-back distances from existing +69.86 Steeply sloping vegetated bank properties properties in Sele Farm. - provides visual enclosure in +73.95 western area of site Views Preserve integrity of woodland edge to limit exposing the Welwyn Road (B1000) +73.09 +72.6 site from wider views of the countryside. Planted bund partially screens site Sele Farm from main road, but an unnatural Estate Geology feature Complicated ground conditions influencing development Existing entrance and drainage options. (informal) Panshanger Existing footpath to Park (LWS) Panshanger Park

vii. Landscape Constraints

Existing Footpath to Panshanger Park

Buffer required to protect woodland

An expanded footpath network, access to Archer's Spring and a linkage within the development

2.7 Constraints Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 14 OPPORTUNITIES Potential infiltration basins - opportunities for habitat enhancement Following our review of the site constraints, we have generated an area where development can be accommodated, without impacting on the key constraints. Potential infiltration Archer’s Spring There are significant opportunities to build on and improve basins - opportunities for the condition and quality of the site and its landscape habitat enhancement character, these include: Buffer to protect woodland - The creation of a better defined urban edge to Hertford better integrated into the surrounding rural landscape

- Habitat enhancement through extensive wildflower Existing woodland spur grassland creation, by bringing the wildlife site into retained Enhanced link to Sele Farm active management as well as new habitat created in association with potential infiltration facilities DESIGNATED LOCAL - Retention of veteran and other notable trees Views overlooking valley WILDLIFE& woodland from top SITE of steep ridge Buffer to protect incorporating these into the new landscape as local woodland landmarks - Improving the quality of the woodland and existing POTENTIAL trees in the site by bringing it into active management Existing planted +75.74 DEVELOPMENT AREA boundary enhanced In addition the scheme has the potential to provide the following benefits: POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENT AREA - New formal and informal recreation and natural play Green connection from Wildlife Site backing on to site to Panshanger Park existing adjacent facilities properties - An expanded footpath network, including access to Archer's Spring and a linkage within the development parallel to the B1000, to provide the missing link on Welwyn Road (B1000) the ‘Chain Walk’ long distance footpath Sele Farm - Safe and attractive shared access routes / corridors Planted buffer to southern boundary Estate for pedestrian and cyclists from Sele Farm and west enhanced with new native tree and of Hertford to the County Wildlife Site, new public shrub planting Utilise existing open spaces and the wider countryside vehicle access - Potential health and well being facilities such as Panshanger Green Gym, local natural play Existing footpath to Park (LWS) Panshanger Park New pedestrian These benefits could help to deliver a number of local footpath link to Hertford policies and initiatives, including the East Herts Green Infrastructure Plan. viii. Landscape Opportunities Informed by assessments, as summarised at Appendix

Existing Footpath to Panshanger Park

Buffer required to protect woodland Page 69 Page An expanded footpath network, access to Archer's Spring and a linkage within the development

2.8 Opportunities Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 15 Page 70 Page

3.0 PROPOSALS

Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 16 LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY

The main objectives: Key principles: In recognition of the ecological and amenity value of the • Create a characterful neighbourhood, incorporating a • To place the settlement within a strong landscape Local Wildlife Site (LWS) in the northwest, the existing series of streets and green spaces. framework that provides a distinct sense of place and woodland and mature trees, the development envelope responds to the surrounding landscape and adjacent has been restricted to avoid impacts on these features. • Create an inclusive place for pedestrians, cyclists and housing area. vehicles. • To reserve a large proportion of the site for open 1. Local Wildlife Area retained and habitats enhanced • Build a sustainable landscape incorporating water landscape and amenity areas to provide an attractive through active management management, planting & ecology. amenity for residents and the wider community. It will 2. Woodland edge habitat creation, creating a buffer • Engender links between Hertford and the wider also provide strong attractive links to the surrounding Precedent image - log piles from the woodland and grading into the developed countryside. countryside. area • Create high quality places for play and informal • To provide a variety of open spaces, including 3. Spur to be retained and managed long term to create recreation. structured and informal amenity and play, that both high-quality woodland reflect and reinforce the transition in character through the site. 4. Mature trees retained and additional planting and • To provide an extended footpath and cycleway management used to create higher quality planted boundary to the west network through the landscape and built areas and connecting with existing routes, fully integrating the 5. Habitat diversification through creation of damp development with the edge of Hertford to the east. habitats in association with potential infiltration basins • To conserve the existing woodlands, and individual 6. Green links created across the site to enhance habitat trees, particularly the central woodland spur, and to connectivity enhance the biodiversity and landscape character of the site. 7. Southern boundary re-planted with diverse range of nature trees and shrubs • To use new planting, landform and open space to Precedent image - bat box screen and enhance views of the settlement, including those from the edge of Hertford, to help integrate it with it’s setting. 2 • To integrate public open spaces and landscaped areas with the sustainable urban drainage strategy, so that they also function as a practical component of it. 3 Existing Site Photo - Wildlife Site

1 5

6 Page 71 Page 7

Concept: Recreational Opportunities Concept: Enhancing biodiversity

3.1 Landscape / Ecology Proposals Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 17 Page 72 Page

CHARACTER DECIDUOUS WOODLAND

A 2.6 ha nature reserve in the valley to the north retained +67.83 in the Green Belt, and a central ‘spur’ of woodland and green space extending north to south across the site, providing the backdrop to the entrance to the development and a key habitat link. PINE PLANTATION (LWS) +59.92 The existing local wildlife site will be retained and enhanced. Managed access will be provided by a new network of paths, linking the new neighbourhood with the woodland and wider footpath network. WOODLAND EDGE +69.50 The developed areas of the site will represent different distinct characters, reflected in the design of the public NATURE RESERVE realm, planting and architecture.

‘WEST FARM’

The eastern area of the site, at the interface with the +72.85 existing housing, will focus on a more formally designed public realm reflecting it’s stronger relationship with the ‘urban’ edge of Hertford. +69.95

‘WOODLAND EDGE’ VALLEY EDGE WEST FARM SELE FARM Adjacent to the woodland at the north of the site, the +69.86 woodland edge will have a more informal character using appropriate woodland and woodland edge planting to +73.95 create a softer border.

DECIDUOUS +73.09 ‘VALLEY EDGE’ WOODLAND +72.60 WELWYN ROAD More informal planting with a predominance of native species will be paired with a loose, soft architecture in Landscape Buffer To this area with the aim of integrating it into the countryside Welwyn Road adjacent to the north and west. PANSHANGER PARK (LWS)

DECIDUOUS WOODLAND

3.2 Character Proposals Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 18 CONNECTIVITY

Safe and attractive shared access routes / corridors for pedestrian and cyclists will be prioritised through the site, with connection to Sele Farm and West Hertford to the Connections To County Wildlife Site, new public open spaces and the Woodland Bus, Pedestrian wider countryside. And Cycle Pedestrian And Connection To Connection Cycle Link To Existing Track Continues Into Site NEW BRIDLEWAY Nature Reserve

A new bridleway crossing proposed by Hertfordshire Council would be met by footpaths into the site, improving pedestrian connection to Panshanger Park. This will be coordinated appropriately through further discussions.

CONNECTION TO PERRETT GARDENS New Bus Route Through Site Perrett Gardens would be opened to provide a connection for pedestrians with potential for an extension to the neighbouring bus route. It is currently a dead end with an Pedestrian And New Pedestrian overgrown footpath connection. Cycle Link To And Cycle Existing Nature Reserve Connection A POTENTIAL NEW CONNECTION TO Bridleway Continues Into SELE FARM Site

A new pedestrian and cycle link would be created which would extend through to the central green.

CONNECTION TO WELWYN ROAD

A new junction along Welwyn Road would provide the main road connection to the centre of the site through WELWYN ROAD Welwyn Road which service vehicles could enter potential for cycle route Footway Continues through to Welwyn Road at SE corner of site Into Site

WELWYN ROAD FOOTWAY

The footway beside Welwyn Road currently terminates at the site boundary, but would be extended into the site to New Bridleway Crossing New Road Connection join its footpath network. To Welwyn Road

CONNECTIONS TO WOODLAND

Improved footpaths through the nature reserve would follow existing desire lines to join informal connections to woodland beyond.

PLOTS AND OPEN SPACE NEW GREEN SPACES

A network of quiet residential streets would sub-divide To provide local play for young children, small green developable areas into a grain of permeable plots with spaces would be situated on the east-west connections to open spaces for play on key routes. Natural edges would Sele Farm be formed by small residential drives with pedestrian priority. The ratio of plots to open space is 1.55 :1 Page 73 Page

3.3 Connectivity Proposals Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 19 Page 74 Page ACCESS CONNECTION TO WOODLAND Connecting the site back into Hertford and surrounding areas is a critical consideration:

- We are proposing a new bus connection route to Sele Farm and pedestrian/cycle link; this would allow the CONNECTION TO ARCHER'S extension of a local bus route into the site. SPRING

- A primary vehicular link is proposed onto the Welwyn Road to the south.

- Pedestrian links are proposed for amenity purposes, CONNECTION connecting to Panshanger park via a new equestrian TO PERRETT GARDENS crossing installed by Herts County Council as part of their improvements to the local bridleway. We would look to connect to existing foot and cycle paths leading out into the countryside to the north and west.

- Pedestrian connectivity will be prioritised. CONNECTION TO BENTLEY ROAD

SELE FARM

Welwyn Road (B1000) CONNECTION TO WELWYN ROAD Pedestrian / cycle routes Public Transport routes

Principal vehicle routes PANSHANGER PARK Secondary vehicle routes (LWS) CONNECTION TO Courtyard with parking PANSHANGER PARK New Bridleway (Hertfordshire county council)

PARKING

Car parking will accord with the provisions of Parking Zone 4, as described in the Vehicle Parking SPD.

The proposal will make provision for electric vehicle charging points, as appropriate in line with DES4(e)

3.4 Connectivity and Access Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 20 8 1 0 2 /

6 Key 0 / 9 1

: Terminating Point d e i f i

d !.

o Proposed Bus Stop M

t !.

a Bus Stop D

6 PotentialProposed Bus Route 395 /( O396ption 4) 7 0 B X

S Thieves Lane Application Site K

TRANSPORT SUMMARY HIGHWAYS, ACCESS AND PARKING U

y Archers Spring Application Site B

The plan shows the identified routes via footpaths and There would be one vehicular access point from Welwyn w

a Direction of Travel r streets to the prime local destinations as well as the Road in the form of a simple priority junction, with an D footpaths and bridleways to countryside to the north west additional access created through an extension to a and south to Panshanger Park. widened Perrett Gardens connecting directly to the Sele Farm estate street network to the east of Archer's Spring. The public transport strategy for HERT3 has been discussed with HCC and Arriva to identify the best way Traffic enforcement measures will be introduced to ensure

of providing new residents with a good frequency of bus that the road link to Sele Farm will be used by buses only, B ra mf services which are also commercially viable. The option and will not be open to other vehicles. iel d Ro !. ad preferred by HCC and Arriva Buses is shown on the !. e v i r adjacent plan and shows that service 395/396 would be re- D DRAINAGE SUMMARY r !. o s routed through a widened Perrett Gardens into the Archers !. d !. in Spring site, along the main street within the site and onto The proposed development will result in an increase in !. W Welwyn Road to ensure all new homes are within 400m of impermeable area; therefore it is proposed that SuDS a bus stop. The route can be extended to also incorporate should be integrated in order to provide source control and !. !. a route through the proposed Thieves Lane residential site attenuation of surface waters. to the south. The preferred new bus routing strategy for the HERT3 sites is shown on the plan opposite. !. !.

The location of the bus route may be subject to change if !.

necessitated through further discussions with HCC. d x !. m . 4

p !. O

Any off site infrastructure could be provided in line with s e t policy, if necessary. u

R o B1000

s u B

- !. g n i r p S

s r e h c r

A !. !. _ !.

e !.

n !. a L

s e v e i h T \ d a R o

n y w l e e n a W L

d s r e

o v f

t e i r

h e

T H

0 0 9 2 0 0 0 7 \ d r o

f Contains Ordnance Survey data © Crown t r copyright and database right 2018. 0 0.085 0.17 0.255 0.34 e H \ Kilometres D

_ H P e S r TITLE: t

W i n FIGURE No: \ g K f o U r _ PROPOSED DIVd ERSION OF A414 Page 75 Page P b

S u r BUS SERVICE 395y (OPTION 4) FIGURE 2 W

\ R : o Q a

: d e l i F

3.5 Transport Summary Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 21 Page 76 Page

OPEN SPACE PROVISION

Open space proposals will be designed in accordance with East Hertfordshire Open Spaces and Sports Facilities Play space Assessment Technical Study Strategy 2017. Play space The development fully accommodates the required PINE PLANTATION (LWS) provision for children and young people and parks and public gardens. As the site benefits from the 2.6ha nature reserve and good accessible links to the surrounding countryside via the adjacent footpath network, we are not proposing to provide outdoor sports provision on site but will seek to agree alternative arrangements with the Play space council.

STEWARDSHIP AND GOVERNANCE

Appropriate arrangements will be made to manage the NATURE RESERVE ecological site within the application site. In addition it is expected that an estate management company will be responsible for the maintenance and management of public open spaces within the site.

Play space

Welwyn Road (B1000)

SELE FARM PANSHANGER PARK (LWS)

3.6 Open Space Provision Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 22 4.0 DEVELOPMENT CHARACTER Page 77 Page

Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 23 Page 78 Page CHARACTER AREAS

The character of landscaping and architecture varies across the site in response to the context. Four distinct neighbouring conditions: (Sele Farm, Panshanger Park, the Woodland and the nature reserve) define the character areas of West Farm, Woodland Edge and Valley Edge.

PINE PLANTATION At the eastern edge, the grain responds to the existing Potential (LWS) edge of Hertford. There are some terraced houses, parking courts and three new connections to the Sele Farm Estate. Landscaping is more urban with local green A spaces and street trees. On the other side of the central avenue the grain opens toward the woodland, bounded by shared space drives that encourage pedestrian movement beneath the trees. D

The landscaped green in the centre of the site is the NATURE RESERVE principal gateway from Welwyn Road and for horses and A

walkers from Panshanger Park via the new equestrian Potential crossing. As a series of lawns, with playspace and D clusters of trees, it will draw the visitors into the nature A B reserve beyond. The space is overlooked by small pitched-roof apartments fronted by gardens. B The westernmost corner of the site is lowest density, bounded by planted banks on the south and west, with houses of a rural character overlooking the nature reserve E through a managed planted edge. C Identified secondary conditions, such as natural or avenue F frontages, vary across each character area as shown. F Secondary Characters/ Conditions Welwyn Road (B1000) A Natural Frontage B Middle Lanes F SELE FARM

C Welwyn Road Frontage C D Avenue Frontage PANSHANGER PARK E Sele Farm Edge (LWS) F Panshanger Gateway Frontage

KEY Character Areas

Valley Edge

Woodland Edge

West Farm

Avenue

4.1 Character Areas Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 24 VALLEY EDGE WOODLAND EDGE WEST FARM This neighbourhoods joins the avenue and Sele Farm. The Valley Edge Character Area Homes feature a rural character with street access more akin to country lanes. The wooded spur acts as a natural Homes are designed to encourage community links with The nature reserve forms a spectacular setting for edge for the development. homezone areas and friendly clusters of terraces. residential houses that make full use of the expansive -- Relationship to character of Sele Farm. views. This is accessed through the main entrance to Archers Spring from Welwyn Road, a carefully landscaped -- Rural character -- Higher density green space with large trees creating a sense of arrival -- Medium density -- High degree of space enclosure to the development and a gateway to the nature reserve -- Local vernacular inspiration beyond. -- Public access to footpaths and cycle ways -- Rural character -- Lower density -- Local vernacular inspiration -- Small apartment buildings. -- Play area -- Public access to footpaths and cycle ways Page 79 Page

4.1 Character Areas Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 25 Page 80 Page LANDSCAPING PLANNING PRINCIPLES

CENTRAL GREEN Responsive to site context – The physical site constraints and opportunities have been explored and as- Located at the principle entrance into the development Link to nature Woodland spur reserve sessed in detail to ensure that development proposals re- from Welwyn Road, and forming a large green space at spond to, and enhance the features and unique character the heart of the development, the focus of this area will be of the site. Opportunities to create a defined urban edge to on providing a sense of arrival. The central woodland spur Hertford will be maximised at this key gateway location. will for a key backdrop to the area and large specimen trees, in groups and forming avenues, will demarcate the Design, Character and Landscaping – High quality Meadow Bank area as a gateway and reinforce primary routes. design will be key to ensuring the development will +75.33 Meadow become a well designed place in which people will glades want to live and play. The proposals are fundamentally Using the existing woodland structure, the landscape +72.64 landscape led, with key connections to the local wildlife proposals will build on this treed character to form a site maintained an enhanced, and formal and informal play Play spaces distributed throughout the development. Character distinctive landscape setting to both the entrance and to +69.86 Space an informal recreational and play space. areas will be developed through the scheme to create a well designed new neighbourhood with a distinct series of spaces which respond to their setting. All design will have Structural planting of native origin will combine with more +73.95 regard to the relevant policies contained within the East ornamental tree planting and hedging to soften the edge Herts District Plan 2018 and design standards. of the new neighbourhood as it intersects with the nature Mixed native reserve and the woodland spur. +70.51 Lawn Connectivity –The site will integrate with the wider setting hedge +72.67 through a series of pedestrian and cycle connections, and the introduction of a bus route through the site, to provide POCKET PARKS New equestrian Site WELWYN ROAD a healthy, inclusive and connected neighbourhood. The To assist with further breaking up the built development, crossing point access scheme will foster links to key local facilities including two smaller pocket parks are integrated into the West shops, schools, the train station and town centre. Farm and Woodland Edge character areas. These two spaces provide places for informal gathering, pocket play 1. Central Green Transport – The scheme will be designed to priorities and points to focus planting and larger tree specimens pedestrian and cycle movement above the use of vehicles. within the development. A potential bus route will be diverted through the site to ensure good access to public transport for all residents. Resident and visitor car and cycle parking will be Mixed native hedgerows will border the spaces where integrated as a key element of the design, in accordance they face roads to help install the rural character of the with Policies TRA3 and DES4. development. Naturalised play spaces provide equipment for play. Lawn areas provide for informal recreation and Infrastructure – Key infrastructure needed to support are bordered with herbaceous shrub borders to enhance development will have regard to Policy DPS4; proposals seasonal colour, texture and biodiversity within the will seek to make appropriate provision for high speed broadband, in line with the provisions of Policy DES4. development. Housing – Development proposals will provide a range of type and mix of housing, to meet local needs, in accordance with Policies HOU1, HOU2, HOU3, HOU6 Play HOU7 and HOU8 of the East Herts District Plan 2018. Space Housing will be will designed to incorporate features for Focal tree a low carbon footprint, utilising modern technologies to Lawn specimens maximise efficiency as set out in Policy DES4

2. Pocket Park (West Farm Character Area) 3. Character Images

4.2 Landscaping / Planning Policy Principles Archers Spring - Masterplan Framework 26 ARCHITECTURE PLANNING URBAN DESIGN SUSTAINABILITY TECHNOLOGY INTERIOR DESIGN 81 Page 5-8 HARDWICK STREET LONDON EC1R 4RG T 020 7372 8918 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 8

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY LEADER OF THE COUNCIL

THE EAST HERTS AUTHORITY MONITORING REPORT (AMR) 2017-18

WARD(S) AFFECTED: ALL

Purpose/Summary of Report

 To agree approval for the publication of the Authority Monitoring Report (AMR) 2017-2018.

RECOMMENDATION(S) FOR EXECUTIVE: That:

(A) The Authority Monitoring Report (AMR) 2017-18, contained at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’, be approved for publication.

1.0 Background

1.1 Local planning authorities are required to publish information, at least annually. This is important to enable communities and interested parties to be aware of progress that is being made. Local planning authorities can also use the Authority Monitoring Report to provide up-to-date information on the implementation of any neighbourhood plans that have been made.

1.2 Regulation 34 of the Town and Country (Local Planning) (England) Regulations 2012 states that a local planning authority’s monitoring report should contain the following information:

Page 83  The title of the Local Plans or Supplementary Planning Documents (SPDs) specified in the local planning authority’s Local Development Scheme (LDS).  In relation to each of those documents –  the timetable specified in the Local Planning Authority’s LDS for the documents preparation;  the stage the document has reached in its preparation;  if the documents preparation is behind the timetable, the reasons for this.  Where any local plan or SPD specified in the local planning authority’s LDS has been adopted or approved within the period in respect of which the report is made, a statement of that fact and of the date of adoption or approval.  Details of the net additional dwellings or net additional affordable dwellings in any part of the local planning authority’s area.  Where a local planning authority has made a Neighbourhood Development Order or a Neighbourhood Plan, the local planning authority’s monitoring report must contain details of these documents.  Where a local planning authority has adopted a Community Infrastructure Levy, the local planning authority’s monitoring report must contain information on the amount of CIL collected and the amount spent.  Where a local planning authority has co-operated (through the Duty to Cooperate) with another local planning authority, county council, or a body or person, the local planning authority’s monitoring report must give details of what action they have taken during the period covered by the report.

1.3 The Authority Monitoring Report (AMR) the subject of this report covers the period 1st April 2017 to 31st March 2018. The format of the AMR reflects both the regulations set out above and a more localised approach to monitoring. The Council is in

Page 84 the process of developing an updated monitoring framework alongside the emerging District Plan and it is likely that the format of the AMR will continue to evolve as part of this process.

2.0 Report

2.1 The key findings from the AMR are set out below. The full document can be found at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’.

Local Development Scheme Implementation

2.2 The Local Development Scheme (LDS) sets out the timetable for the production of planning documents. The current LDS, published in September 2017 is out of date and so the Council will bring forward another LDS to take effect from March 2019.

2.3 This will set out a detailed timeline for the production of all future Local Development Documents including Supplementary Planning Documents and the Council’s Statement of Community Involvement.

Neighbourhood Planning

2.4 Neighbourhood Planning (NP) activity is continuing to be received positively by communities across East Herts. The AMR notes that in the monitoring year there were two Neighbourhood Plans successfully ‘made’ (adopted) which now form part of the statutory development plan. These Neighbourhood Plans were the Buntingford Community Area and the Bishop’s Stortford – All Saints, Central, south and Part of Thorley NPs.

2.5 As well as this, the Braughing Parish and Walkern Parish NPs were examined and the Standon Neighbourhood Plan was submitted to the Council and the Regulation 16 consultation was completed. In addition, the Council agreed to designate Neighbourhood Areas for: Page 85 • Eastwick, Gilston and Part of Hunsdon • Hunsdon • Bengeo - Hertford • Thundridge

Duty to Cooperate

2.6 The Council has continued to work closely with neighbouring local authorities, and prescribed bodies to maximise effectiveness in preparing the District Plan. The Council will continue to monitor the approach taken and produce evidence to demonstrate that the requirement as set out in the Localism Act and NPPF is being met.

Community Infrastructure Levy

2.7 Details of Community Infrastructure Levy receipts and expenditure will be monitored when/if a CIL is adopted.

Self-build and Custom Housebuilding Plots

2.8 The criteria to enter the Self-build Register were updated in summer 2017. As of October 31st 2018 there were thirteen individuals on Part 1, and four individuals on Part 2 of the Self- build Register.

Housing Growth / Land Supply

2.9 The District Plan sets out the housing requirement across the district at a level of 839 dwellings per year across the plan period 2011-2033. This is the figure that is being used to monitor housing delivery and calculate future land supply in this monitoring period.

2.10 An additional 463 dwellings (net) were completed in the district during 2017-2018. 2.11 The Schedule of Housing Commitments included in the AMR

Page 86 can be found in Appendix D at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’. The schedule sets out the identified housing commitments anticipated to come forward for development over the five year period 2019/20 - 2023/24. The identified housing supply is 7,662 dwellings. The NPPF requires the Council to have a supply of deliverable sites sufficient to provide five years’ worth of housing against housing requirements.

2.12 It is important to note that the NPPF (2018) has defined what a ‘deliverable’ site is and the sites that are included within the supply figure are consistent with this definition.

2.13 The Council also has to deal with the shortfall in housing completions between 2011/12 and 2017/18. The shortfall is 2,698 dwellings; the method for dealing with shortfall was established in the District Plan and is to be spread over a ten year period.

2.14 In addition to dealing with the identified shortfall, the NPPF also requires local planning authorities to move a buffer forward from later in the Plan period. In local planning authorities where there has been a persistent under delivery of housing (as in East Herts), the NPPF states that the buffer should be 20%.

2.15 The five-year land supply calculation is set out in the table below:

Buffer Annual Five year Five year Housing housing land supply Requirement requirement calculation 20% buffer 1330.6 6653 5.8 years

Affordable Housing

2.17 There were 182 new affordable dwellings built during 2017-18, which represents 29.6% of all dwelling completions during the monitoring year. It is likely that the delivery of 40% affordable Page 87 housing on eligible sites will remain a challenging target over the next few years.

Gypsy and Traveller Pitches

2.18 There were 0 additional net-gains in Gypsy and Traveller pitches in the year 2017-18 in the District.

Dwellings Completed on Previously Developed Land

2.19 The total number of dwellings completed on previously developed land in 2017-18 was 383 (62.5%). This is higher than the former government target of 60% for the amount of new housing on PDL. The PDL trajectory indicates that completions on brownfield land are likely to generally fall over the next few years; this is due to the majority of the brownfield allocated sites in the Local Plan having been developed and more sites coming forward for development through the District Plan on greenfield sites on the edges of towns.

Economic Development and Employment

2.20 There was 13,998 square metres of floorspace created for employment use throughout the district during the monitoring year, 82.02% of which was developed on previously developed land.

Shopping and Town Centres

2.21 The most prevalent use class within the primary shopping frontages in the three main settlements is A1 use. The number of vacant units in the retail frontages tends to vary from year to year. It is often seen as a key indicator to how a town centre is performing economically. The data from this monitoring year shows similar vacancy rates compared to previous years except in Hertford where there is a substantial increase in vacant shop frontages associated mainly with the demolition of Bircherley Green shopping centre. Page 88 Environment and Design

2.22 There is currently 3,317.63 hectares of land recorded on 543 Local Wildlife Sites in the district. There were two new Local Wildlife Sites created in 2017.

Renewable Energy

2.23 Monitoring renewable energy capacity in the District is not straightforward, although the Council is now obtaining information from permitted planning applications and the completions in the monitoring year that utilise renewable energy generation. A total of 12 permissions were granted with renewable energy facilities, and a total of 4,639kW of renewable energy capacity were completed during the monitoring year.

Green Belt

2.24 There was no major departures from the Local Plan with regards to Green Belt that was referred to the Secretary of State.

3.0 Implications/Consultations

3.1 Information on any corporate issues and consultation associated with this report can be found within Essential Reference Paper ‘A’.

Background Papers None.

Contact Member: Councillor Linda Haysey – Leader of the Council [email protected]

Contact Officer: Kevin Steptoe – Head of Planning and Building Control, Tel: 01992 531407 Page 89 [email protected]

Report Author: George Pavey – Principal Planning Officer, Tel: 01992 531623 george.pavey @eastherts.gov.uk

Page 90 ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Consultation: None

Legal: None

Financial: East Herts Council relies on Hertfordshire County Council for data collection and, as such, has been paying an annual fee to the County Council Monitoring Unit for this service.

Human None other than the Planning Policy team human Resource: resources.

Risk If the monitoring report is not prepared and made Management: available to the public, the Council will not be fulfilling its statutory requirements.

Page 91 This page is intentionally left blank 2

Authority Monitoring Report

1st April 2017 – 31st March 2018

Page 93 Table of Contents

Title Page #

1. Introduction .……………………………………………………………………………………………… 4 2. Structure of the Report ……………………………………………………………………………. 5

SECTION 1: Contextual Indicators and the Local Context 6-31

3. The Local and Regional Context …………………………………………………………….. 7 4. Contextual Indicators ……………………………………………………………………………….. 9 4.2 Demographic profile …………………………………………………………………………. 9 4.6 Economic and Employment activity ………………………………………………….. 14 4.16 Travel flow data ………………………………………………………………………………… 22 4.18 Socio-cultural profile ………………………………………………………………………… 25 4.24 Housing profile …………………………………………………………………………………. 28 4.26 Environment profile …………………………………………………………………………. 30

SECTION 2: Indicators from the Regulations 32-42

5. Indicators from Regulations ……………………………………………………………………. 33 5.2 Local Development Scheme ……………………………………………………………… 33 5.4 Neighbourhood Planning ………………………………………………………………….. 34 5.8 Duty to Cooperate ……………………………………………………………………………. 40 5.18 Community Infrastructure Levy ………………………………………………………… 40 5.19 Starter Homes …………………………………………………………………………………… 41 5.20 Self-build and Custom Housebuilding Plots ……………………………………… 41

SECTION 3: Growth / Changes in the District in the Monitoring Year 43-70

6. Housing growth or changes in the Monitoring Year ………………………………. 44 6.4 Plan Period and Housing Target…………………………………………………………. 45 6.9 Dwelling completions ………………………………………………………………………… 46 6.11 Five year land supply …………………………………………………………………………. 47 6.17 Affordable housing completions ……………………………………………………….. 51 6.18 Net additional pitches gypsies (Gypsy and Traveller) ………………………… 51 6.19 Gross housing completions by size and type …………………………………….. 52 6.20 Residential density ……………………………………………………………………………. 53 6.21 Dwellings completed on previously developed land …………………………. 54 6.24 Completions on windfall sites per annum …………………………………………. 55

Page 94 2 6.26 Distribution of new dwellings ……………………………………………………………. 56

7. Economic Development and Employment 58 7.2 Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type ………………. 58 7.3 Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type in Employment Areas ……………………………………………………………………………. 59 7.4 Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type on PDL … 60 7.5 Employment land available by type ………………………………………………….. 60 7.6 Total amount of floorspace for ‘town centre uses’ …………………………… 62

8. Shopping and Town Centres …………………………………………………………………….. 63

9. Environment and Design ………………………………………………………………………….. 66

10. Renewable Energy …………………………………………………………………………………….. 67

11. Green Belt and Countryside ……………………………………………………………………… 69

Appendix A: Housing Completions by Parish 71

Appendix B: Housing Completions by settlement 73

Appendix C: List of Affordable Homes completed in the District 74

Appendix D: Schedule of Housing Commitments 75

3 Page 95 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 The Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 (as amended by the Localism

Act 2011) requires local planning authorities to prepare reports that set out the

implementation of the local development scheme and the extent to which

policies in local development documents are being achieved. Prior to the

Localism Act 2011 this requirement was addressed through Annual Monitoring

Reports, these same reports are now named Authority Monitoring Reports.

1.2 This East Herts monitoring report and covers the period from 1st April 2017 to

31st March 2018, referred to as the ‘monitoring year’ in this report. This AMR

reports on the following:

 Local Context and Contextual Indicators - indicators that set the

scene/paint the picture of the district that we’re planning for

 Progress of the Development Plan against the Local Development

Scheme (LDS)

 Neighbourhood Planning

 Duty to Cooperate

 Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL)

 Growth/changes in the district in the monitoring year

1.3 This AMR will represent the final version that is monitored against the policies

in the 2007 Local Plan following the adoption of the District Plan in October

2018. As well as changing the monitoring framework, the Council also intends

to publish future AMR’s at the early date of the autumn to provide more timely

updates from the monitoring year.

Page 96 4 2. STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

2.1 The report is divided into 3 sections, following the same format adopted in

previous years. Section 1 includes Contextual Indicators and the Local

Context including the local and regional context, demographic information,

economic activity, travel flow data, socio-cultural profile, housing profile and

environment profile. Section 2 includes indicators from the regulations

including progress against the current Local Development Scheme, progress in

the production of Neighbourhood Plans, and ‘Duty to Cooperate’ actions and

details, etc. Section 3 includes the growth in housing numbers and the

calculation of the five-year land supply in the district, together with other

indicators relating to retail, employment and environmental changes.

2.2 Where there has not been any change in the district with respect to the

monitoring indicators, information has been drawn upon from the previous

year’s Authority Monitoring Report. For example, some of the contextual

indicators and the local context have not changed since the last report in

January 2017, and so have been included from the previous report. However,

where changes have been observed, new and updated information has been

included in this AMR.

5 Page 97 SECTION 1: CONTEXTUAL INDICATORS AND THE LOCAL CONTEXT

Page 98 6 3. THE LOCAL AND REGIONAL CONTEXT

3.1 East Herts is predominantly a rural district comprising an area of 477 square

kilometres (184 square miles) and covering approximately a third of the area of

Hertfordshire. There are over 100 small villages and hamlets in the district in

addition to the five historic market towns of Bishop’s Stortford, Buntingford,

Hertford, Sawbridgeworth and Ware. These market towns provide a range of

services to the nearby rural area. Approximately the southern third of the

district lies within the London Metropolitan Green Belt, while the rest of the

northern and central area lies within the Rural Area Beyond the Green Belt

(District Plan Policy GBR2).

3.2 The larger town centres are in Bishop’s Stortford, Hertford and Ware, though

the smaller settlements support a healthy number of shops and related

services. The District is bordered by larger towns, with Stevenage and Welwyn

Garden City to the west and Harlow to the south-east. Figure 1 illustrates the

main features of the District in its wider geographical context.

3.3 The District has good road and rail transport links and is well connected to the

wider area. The A1M and M11 run close to the western and eastern boundaries

of the district respectively. In addition, the M1 and M25 are located in close

proximity to the district. Within the district, the A414 runs from west to east

whilst the A10 cuts the district from north to south. The district benefits from

two mainline rail links into London. Stansted Airport lies adjacent to the north-

eastern boundary of the district within Uttlesford district. However, the location

of Stansted Airport does have strategic implications for the district in terms of

economic development; housing and aircraft generated noise pollution. The

7 Page 99 district’s excellent transport links make it an attractive place to live and as such

continue to create pressure for new development, particularly housing, which is

clearly evident from the contextual indicators shown in this report.

Figure 1: East Hertfordshire District

Page 100 8 4. CONTEXTUAL INDICATORS

4.1 The following indicators help paint a portrait of the district with respect to its

socio-economic profile.

 Demographic profile

 Economic activity

 Travel flow data

 Socio-cultural profile

 Housing profile

 Environment profile

Demographic profile

4.2 The following table demonstrates that the district has seen a significant

increase in its population over the last few years. There has been an increase of

7.45% in the District’s population since 2010. This is marginally less than the

6.6% increase in Hertfordshire but higher than the overall increase of 5.7%

within England.

Table 1: Population estimates since 2010 (all numbers in thousands) Area Mid Mid Mid Mid Mid Mid Mid Mid Change 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 16-17

East Herts 136.9 138.2 139.4 140.9 142.8 144.5 146.1 147.1 1.0

H’fordshire 1107.6 1119.8 1129.3 1,140.6 1,154.2 1,165.3 1,176.4 1,180.9 4.5

England 52,642.5 53,107.2 53,493.7 53,865.8 54,316.6 54,786.3 55,268.1 55,619.4 351.3

Source: Office for National Statistics, 2018

9 Page 101 4.3 The table below shows the components of population change in the monitoring

year 2017-18. The table shows how the District has experienced a natural

growth of 608 within the monitoring year alongside a migration growth of 351.

Table 2: Components of Population Change between mid-2016 and mid-2017 Area Population Births Net Net Other Population mid-2016 minus Internal International mid-2017 deaths Migration Migration

England 55,268,067 156,763 -18,424 210,570 2,454 55,619,430 Hertfordshire 1,176,386 4,808 -2,937 2,803 -126 1,180,934 East Herts 146,130 608 16 335 -9 147,080 Source: Office for National Statistics, 2018

Population by broad age-group and Population Projections

4.4 The following chart shows the mid-year population change from 2016 by broad

age groups. From Chart 1, it can be seen that there has been a consistent rise in

the population of age groups from 50+ onwards; the picture is far more mixed

in the lower age brackets with some groups displaying increases and some

decreases. Chart 2 uses the Subnational Population Projections 2016 and

predicts that there will be a significant increase in the number of people aged

60 years and above while there would be a steady rise in the age groups of 0-19

and 20-59. These figures are indicative of an ageing population in the UK, this is

further emphasised in Chart 3.

Page 102 10 Chart 1: Population estimates by broad age-group

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000 Estimated Population 2016 6,000

Estimated Population 4,000 2017

2,000

- 4 9 14 19 24 29 34 39 44 49 54 59 64 69 74 79 84 89 90+ to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85

Chart 2: Projected age profiles for East Herts

180000

160000

140000

120000 0-19 100000 20-59 60-79 80000 80+ 60000 All

40000

20000

0 2018 2022 2026 2030 2034

Source: 2016 Subnational Population Projections, ONS 2018

11 Page 103 Chart 3: Population Pyramid Mid-2017 Age Age 90 88 84 80 80 76 72 70 68 64 60 60 56 52 50 48 44 40 40 36 32 30 28 24 20 20 16 12 8 10 4 0 0 1,500 1,000 500 0 500 1,000 1,500 Population

Males Females

Source: Annual Mid-Year Population Estimates for the UK, Office for National Statistics, 2018

Population in East Herts by broad ethnic group

4.5 Table 3 below shows the broad ethnic breakdown in East Herts. The mid-year

estimates are not available for this group as the population data by ethnicity is

only collected and presented in each Census. From the 2011 Census, in East

Herts 131,500 people (95.5%) were White and 6,200 Non-White (4.5%). In the

East of England, 90.8% of the population were White. In East Herts, the greatest

proportion of non-white people is Asian/Asian British (2.0% of the total

population); this compares with 4.8% of the total population for the East of

England for this broad ethnic group. In Hertfordshire, the proportion of white

people within the total population was 87.6% and the proportion of Asian/Asian

British was 6.5%.

Page 104 12 Table 3: Population by broad ethnic group 2011 (all numbers are in thousands) All White Mixed/ Asian/ Black/African Other

groups Multiple Asian /Caribbean/ ethnic

ethnic British Black British groups

groups

East Herts 137.7 131.5 2.2 2.7 1.0 0.4

(95.5%) (1.6%) (2.0%) (0.7%) (0.3%)

Hertfordshire 1,116.1 977.5 27.5 72.6 31.4 7.1

(87.6%) (2.5%) (6.5%) (2.8%) (0.6%)

East 5,870.0 5310.2 112.1 278.4 117.4 28.8

(90.8%) (1.9%) (4.8%) (2.0%) (0.5%)

England 53,012.5 45,281.1 1,192.9 4143.4 1846.6 548.4

(85.4%) (2.3%) (7.8%) (3.5%) (1.0%)

Source: Census 2011, Office for National Statistics

13 Page 105 Economic Activity

4.6 This section presents information about economic activity in the district. As well

as employment and unemployment numbers, the section also includes

information on employment by occupation, qualifications, earnings by

residence, out-of-work benefits, jobs and business counts in the district.

4.7 As seen from Tables 4 and 5 below, the resident population in East Herts in

2017 was 147,080 and the total population aged 16-64 was 92,043 (62.5% of the

total population).

Table 4: Resident Population Total Population 2017

East Herts East of England Great Britain

All people 147,080 6,168,432.0 64,169,395

Male 72,167 3,040,283.0 31,661,553

Females 74,913 3,128,149.0 32,507,842

Source: Mid-year Population estimates 2018

Table 5: Population aged 16-64 Population aged 16-64 (2017) (% is a proportion of region)

East Herts East Herts East of Great Britain

(Count) England

All people 92,043 62.5% 61.3% 62.9%

Male 45,429 62.9% 61.9% 63.6%

Females 46,614 62.2% 60.6% 62.2%

Source: Mid-year Population estimates 2018

Page 106 14 Labour supply

4.8 The labour supply in the district over the past ten years is shown in Chart 4

below. The labour supply is the amount of economically active people in the

district, calculated as a percentage of the total number of people aged 16-64.

Chart 4: Labour Supply over last 10 years in percentage

88.0

86.0

84.0

82.0

80.0 East Hertfordshire 78.0 East 76.0 Great Britain

74.0

72.0

70.0

2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015 2015-2016 2016-2017 2017-2018

Source: ONS Annual Population Survey 2018 – Time Series Data (accessible from https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/reports/lmp/la/1946157224/subreports/ea_time_series/report.aspx?) (All people, economically active is a sum of all males and females population in employment (employees and self- employed) and the unemployed who are waiting to start the job following an interview, have had an interview in last two weeks or have been looking for work in last four weeks prior to the interview held for Annual Population Survey. Also model based unemployed etc.)

4.9 The percentage of economically active people in East Herts has been fluctuating

in the last 10 years with a substantial decrease in the previous monitoring year

that has been carried through into the 2017-18 monitoring year.

15 Page 107 Employment by occupation

4.10 Between April 2017 and Mar 2018, the highest proportion of all persons in

employment in East Herts was that in professional occupations (32.40%)

followed by those in administrative & secretarial occupations (13.3%).

Chart 5: Employment by occupation in East Herts from Apr 2017 – Mar 2018 Elementary Managers, Directors Occupations And Senior Officlas 9.30% Sales And Customer 10.30% Service Occs 8%

Caring, Leisure And Other Service Occupations 6%

Professional Skilled Trades Occupations Occupations 32.40% 10.50% Associate Administrative & Professional & Secreterial Technical 13.30% 7.10% Source: % is a proportion of all persons in employment. ONS Annual Population Survey 2018 – Time Series Data (accessible from https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/reports/lmp/la/1946157224/subreports/empocc_time_series/report.aspx?)

Page 108 16 Earnings by residence

4.11 As seen in Chart 6 below, the weekly earnings in East Herts have been higher

than those in the region and country over the last few years.

Chart 6: Earnings by residence – gross weekly pay for all full-time workers

750

700

650

600 East Hertfordshire 550 East 500

450 Great Britain

400

350

300

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Source: ONS annual survey of hours and earnings - resident analysis 2018, (accessible from https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/reports/lmp/la/1946157224/subreports/asher_time_series/report.aspx)

17 Page 109 People claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance

4.12 Chart 7 below shows the proportion of the resident population in the district

aged 16-64 claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance (JSA) since March 2014 until June

2018. As can be seen from the chart, the number of persons claiming the JSA

has decreased steadily but is now fluctuating between 600 and 650, this

number is likely to continue to fluctuate and maybe even rise as Universal

Credit Full Service is rolled out.

Chart 7: All persons claiming Job Seeker’s Allowance in East Herts – Monthly

1,300

1,200

1,100

1,000

900

800 East Herts 700

600

500

400

Mar-14Jun-14Sep-14Dec-14Mar-15Jun-15Sep-15Dec-15Mar-16Jun-16Sep-16Dec-16Mar-17Jun-17Sep-17Dec-17Mar-18Jun-18

Source: ONS Claimant Count with rates and proportions 2018, (accessible from: https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/reports/lmp/la/1946157224/subreports/cc_time_series/report.aspx)

Page 110 18 Job density

4.13 The density figures represent the ratio of total jobs to population aged 16-64.

Total jobs includes employees, self-employed, government supported trainees

and HM Forces. This data is not updated seasonally, and hence has only been

included up to 2016. As can be seen in the Chart 8, the job density in East Herts

has fluctuated since 2000, although a steady job density (greater than 0.70) has

been recorded since 2010 and now superseded by large increases in 2013 and

2014 with no notable change in recent years.

Chart 8: Job density between 2000 and 2016

0.90

0.85

0.80 East Hertfordshire 0.75 East Great Britain 0.70

0.65

0.60

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

Source: ONS Annual Population Survey, 2017

19 Page 111 Business Counts in East Herts

4.14 There has been a steady rise in the number of businesses in the district over

the last 6 years, both in enterprises and local units. The Business Register data

shows that there is a higher number of micro to small enterprises (over 90% of

the total number of enterprises) and local units (over 90% of the total number

of local units) than medium to large ones. The large increase between 2016 –

2017 counts is likely to be down to the substantial changes to business rates

following a new set of rateable values being published.

Table 6: Business counts in East Herts Enterprises Local units

2012 6,750 7,635

2013 6,765 7,670

2014 7,120 8,005

2015 7,625 8,505

2016 7,790 8,675

2017 10,170 11,065

2018 9,015 9,940

Source: Inter Departmental Business Register (ONS) 2018

Page 112 20 Table 7: Business counts by size in East Herts 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Enterprises

Large (250+) 20 20 20 15 15 15 20

Medium (50 to 90 90 110 105 120 125 120

249)

Small (10 to 49) 515 530 550 580 590 655 655

Micro (0 to 9) 6,125 6,125 6,445 6,920 7,065 9,375 8,220

Local units

Large (250+) 25 25 25 25 20 20 25

Medium (50 to 155 145 155 155 170 165 180

249)

Small (10 to 49) 810 830 855 875 880 955 955

Micro (0 to 9) 6,670 6,670 6,975 7,455 7,605 9,925 8,780

Source: Inter Departmental Business Register (ONS) 2018

21 Page 113 Qualification levels in East Herts

4.15 The rate of qualification levels in East Herts is higher than that in the region and

the country for all the levels as shown in Chart 9 below.

Chart 9: Qualification levels

100 90 80 70 60 East Hertfordshire % 50 East of England % 40 Great Britain % 30 20 10 0 NVQ1 and above NVQ2 and above NVQ3 and above NVQ4 and above

Source: ONS Annual Population Survey, 2018

Travel Flow Data

4.16 Based on the 2011 Census data, East Herts has a higher number of out-

commuters than in-commuters – i.e. more people leave to work outside the

district than come into the district to work. In East Herts, over 50% of the

residents commute out to a different area / local authority to work, whilst over

38% of the workplace population in the district commute in from different local

authorities.

Page 114 22 Chart 10: Living in the District (workers) 2011 Census

21,543 30%

Live and work in the district 36,164 Home workers 50% No fixed workplace Out-commuters 8,817 12% 6,120 8%

Source: Commuting Patterns in the UK 2011 – Part of 2011 Census, Origin-destination Statistics on Migration, Workplace and Students for Local Authorities in the United Kingdom Release, 25th July 2014 (http://www.ons.gov.uk/ons/rel/census/2011-census/origin-destination-statistics-on-migration--workplace-and-students- for-local-authorities-in-the-united-kingdom/sum---commuting-patterns-in-the-uk--2011.html)

Chart 11: Working in the District

21,543 37% 22,140 38% Live and work in the district Home workers No fixed workplace In-commuters

6,120 8,817 10% 15%

23 Page 115 4.17 Figure 2 below shows the commuter flow data for the number of people

coming in to East Herts to work and those going out from East Herts to work in

other local authorities. As can be seen from the diagram, the residents and the

workers in East Herts commute to and commute from the neighbouring

authorities with a large number travelling to London.

Broxbourne 3,553 Broxbourne 3,601

Uttlesford 2,972 Uttlesford 3,418

Harlow 2,737 Harlow 3,467

Stevenage 1,570 Stevenage 1,558

North Herts 1,543 North Herts 968

Welwyn Hatfield 1,430 Welwyn Hatfield 3,530

Epping Forest 1,044 Epping Forest 1,297

Enfield 629 Enfield 1,570

Braintree 594 Braintree 167 London 86 London 6,770

Figure 2: Travel Flow within area (Census 2011)

Page 116 24 Socio-cultural profile

Deprivation

4.18 The Department for Communities and Local Government published the 2015

Index of Multiple Deprivation, which measures relative levels of deprivation

in 32,844 small areas or neighbourhood - called Lower-layer Super Output

Areas (LSOAs) - in England. According to the figures East Herts is ranked as the

14th least deprived (The English Indices of Deprivation 2015), although there are

some areas within it that are less affluent.

Crime

4.19 The ‘Police recorded crime by local area 2018’ is the latest information

available by local authority area. In terms of the crime rate in the district, the

police recorded crime rate for the five key offences are shown in Table 8 below.

The data shows that the crime rate for each of the headline offences, except for

burglary, increased in East Herts during the monitoring year. However the

crime rate per 1,000 population for each of the offences is still recorded as

lower, or equal, to that of Hertfordshire as a whole.

25 Page 117 Table 8: Recorded crime for headline offences 2018 East Herts Hertfordshire

Total Total % change Offences Offences

offences offences between per 1,000 per 1,000

2016/17 2017/18 the two population population

time 2017/18 2017/18

periods

Violence 1,936 2,075 7 14 20

against

persons

Sexual 175 198 13 1 2

offences

Robbery 63 49 -29 0 1

Burglary 657 875 -33 6 6

Possession 46 45 -2 0 1

of offensive

weapon

Source: ONS, 2018

Health Profile1

4.20 The health of people in East Herts is generally better than the England average.

Deprivation is lower than average; however about 8% (2,100) of children live in

low income families. Life expectancy for both men and women is higher in East

Herts than the England average.

1 Health Profile – East Hertfordshire 2018, Public Health England (produced 3rd July 2018) (https://fingertips.phe.org.uk/profile/health-profiles/area-search- results/E07000242?place_name=East%20Hertfordshire&search_type=parent-area)

Page 118 26 Health Inequalities

4.21 Those living in the most deprived areas of East Herts have an average life

expectancy that measures 4.8 years lower for men and 4.9 years lower for

women than those living in the least deprived areas.

Child Health

4.22 In Year 6, 13.4% (194) children are classified as obese which is lower than the

England average.

Local Priorities

4.23 Priorities in East Hertfordshire are to reduce the levels of excess weight in

adults, reducing smoking, and to help the growing older population maintain

their health. For more information; https://www.hertshealthevidence.org/

27 Page 119 Housing profile

4.24 Table 9 below shows the housing tenure of the existing housing stock in the

district. As can be seen, the majority of the dwellings are in the private sector.

Table 9: Dwelling stock: No. of dwellings by tenure in East Herts Local Private Other Private Total

Authority Registered Public Sector

(incl. Provider / Sector

owned by Housing

other LAs) Association

2010 16 7,556 (HA) 50 50,490 58,110

2011 15 7,515 (HA) 50 50,770 58,350

2012 20 7,640 50 51,020 58,730

2013 20 7,750 50 51,620 59,430

2014 20 7,750 50 51,980 59,790

2015 20 7,840 30 52,460 60,340

2016 20 7,880 30 53,080 61,010

2017 20 7,910 30 53670 61,630

Source: DCLG, Live Table Tenure, Table No. 100, 2017 (https://www.gov.uk/government/statistical-data-sets/live-tables-on- dwelling-stock-including-vacants)

House Price Index Data

4.25 Table 10 below shows that the average price of all house types has increased

from the last monitoring year. It is likely that house prices in the district will

continue to fluctuate given the unpredictable economic climate. However,

average house prices in the district still remain significantly above the national

average creating issues of affordability.

Page 120 28 Table 10: House Prices in East Herts by dwelling type Average Detached Semi- Terraced Flats/Maisonettes All House Prices (£) House detached House Types

2012 525,000 305,000 258,325 184,925 318,313 Average Jan-Mar 16 696,200 416,800 362,100 243,900 394,100 (Q01) Apr-Jun 16 682,200 434,900 386,700 266,900 448,700 (Q02) Jul-Sept 16 738,200 423,800 367,600 269,000 447,200 (Q03) Oct-Dec 16 677,100 423,500 372,700 254,400 426,300 (Q04) Jan-Mar 17 661,800 462,300 367,600 254,600 422,500 (Q01) Apr-Jun 17 728,500 430,800 377,700 265,700 446,700 (Q02) Jul-Sept 17 682,500 463,800 395,600 267,900 449,500 (Q03) Oct-Dec 17 675,100 461,500 362,300 262,700 444,200 (Q04) Jan-Mar 18 688,200 453,100 387,900 255,000 434,700 (Q01) Apr-Jun 18 705,400 440,500 378,200 263,300 441,700 (Q02) Jul-Sept 18 691,700 474,300 377,000 307,300 468,500 (Q03) % change 30.80% 49.00% 45.50% 42.00% 38.50% between 2012 and 2017 Source: http://atlas.hertslis.org/IAS/dataviews/tabular?viewId=977&geoId=15&subsetId

29 Page 121 Environment profile

4.26 East Hertfordshire is characterised by the quality, nature and extent of the

historic buildings, within its boundary. The centres of all five main towns, as

well as 37 villages, are designated as Conservation Areas; with around 13,000

dwellings within these conservation areas it reflects the special architectural

and historic qualities of the district’s built environment.

4.27 The district is largely made up of arable and urban areas (71% of the total area),

with grassland (17%) and woodland (9%, over half of which is classified as

ancient2) making up most of the remainder. Sites of international importance

within the District comprise a Special Protection Area (SPA) and a Wetland of

International Importance (Ramsar Site) in the Lea Valley (Rye Meads and

Amwell Quarry) and a Special Area of Conservation (SAC) at Wormley-

Hoddesdon park Woods (part of which is also designated a National Nature

Reserve; the only one in Hertfordshire). East Hertfordshire has 16 Sites of

Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), the most significant of which are Wormley-

Hoddesdon park Woods and Rye Meads. In addition, there are 543 locally

designated Wildlife Sites covering a total area of 3,317 hectares as well as a

Local Nature Reserve at Waterford Heath. The towns and villages of East

Hertfordshire are also rich in natural habitats, particularly cemeteries in

Hertford and Bishop’s Stortford, and the grounds of Hertford Castle3.

2 Ancient Woodland Inventory, English Nature 3 Information for this paragraph came from ‘A Habitat Survey for East Hertfordshire District’, Herts Biological Records Centre in conjunction with the Herts and Middlesex Wildlife Trust, 1998 and information on the number of Wildlife Sites in 2017 supplied by the HBRC.

Page 122 30 Green Belt

4.28 The extent of the designated Green Belt in England as at 31st March 2018 was

estimated at 1,629,510 hectares, around 12.5% of the land area of England.

Overall there has been a decrease of 5,070 hectares (around 0.3%) in areas of

Green Belt between March 2017 and March 2018. The reason for this is that in

2016/17 ten local authorities adopted new plans which resulted in a net

decrease in the overall area of Green Belt compared to 2017.

4.29 In East Hertfordshire, during the monitoring year, there has not been any

amendment made to the amount of Green Belt land in the district. The latest

statistics published on 4th October 2018 show that there is 17,530 hectares of

Green Belt in the district, which is the same as that in all monitoring periods

back to 2010/11. The green belt figures for the district are likely to see a

significant reduction in the next AMR due to the adoption of the District Plan in

October 2018 which released a number of green belt sites for housing

development.

Table 11: Green Belt Statistics for 2016-17 2016-17 2017-18

East Hertfordshire 17,530 hectares 17,530 hectares

England 1,634,700 hectares 1,629,510 hectares

Source: Local Planning Authority Green Belt: England 2018 (https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/local- authority-green-belt-statistics-for-england-2017-to-2018)

31 Page 123 SECTION 2: INDICATORS FROM THE REGULATIONS

Page 124 32 5. INDICATORS FROM THE REGULATIONS

5.1 This section contains the series of indicators that are required to be monitored

and reported by local authorities in line with the Town and Country Planning

(Local Planning) (England) Regulations 2012. These indicators include:

monitoring the progress of the development plan against the Local

Development Scheme (LDS), any progress made on Neighbourhood Planning,

actions taken under the Duty to Cooperate and the progression of the

Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL).

Local Development Scheme (LDS)

5.2 One requirement of the AMR is to monitor the progress made by the Council in

producing the documents set out in the Local Development Scheme (LDS). The

current version of the LDS took effect in September 2017 where it identifies the

proposed timetable for the production of the District Plan.

5.3 The District Plan was adopted on the 23rd October 2018 and therefore the

current LDS is now out of date. An updated LDS is being prepared and should

take effect in March 2019 – this will set out detailed timelines for the

production of all future Local Development Documents, namely Supplementary

Planning Documents and an updated Statement of Community Involvement.

33 Page 125 Neighbourhood Planning

5.4 Neighbourhood Planning is a right for communities introduced through the

Localism Act 2011. Communities can shape development in their areas through

the production of Neighbourhood Development Plans and Neighbourhood

Development Orders. Neighbourhood Plans have to be in general conformity

with the development plan and the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF).

Neighbourhood Plans that have been ‘made’ become part of the Development

Plan and the policies contained within them will be used, together with the

District Plan, in the determination of planning applications for the area.

5.5 Within East Herts, there has been a very positive response to Neighbourhood

Planning and on-going effort and enthusiasm can be seen across the district in

the towns and parishes that have embarked on this new level of planning.

Table 13 below shows the progress achieved in the production of

Neighbourhood Plans in the monitoring year. The table records when each

Neighbourhood Plan reaches key steps in the process, as set out in the

Neighbourhood Plan regulations. These stages are:

 Date designation of Neighbourhood Area agreed – the Neighbourhood Area

is the area to which the proposed Neighbourhood Plan will relate. A

proposal for designating a neighbourhood area must be submitted by the

relevant town/parish council to East Herts Council for approval in the early

stages of developing the Neighbourhood Plan.

 Date Regulation 14 consultation commences – prior to submitting the final

version of the Neighbourhood Plan to East Herts Council, a six week period

of pre-submission public consultation is required to be carried out.

Page 126 34  Date Regulation 16 consultation commences – following receipt of the final

version of the Neighbourhood Plan, East Herts Council is required to publish

the Plan for a further six week period of public consultation.

 Date Examination commences – examination may consist of the submission

of written representations to the Examiner or a public hearing.

 Date of Referendum – a referendum is required to gauge community

support for the Neighbourhood Plan.

 Date of Adoption – the Neighbourhood Plan will become part of the

statutory development plan against which relevant planning applications

will be determined.

5.6 This monitoring year presented a busy time for Neighbourhood Planning, with

two Neighbourhood Plans being formally adopted after successful

referendums and two examinations as well. The Buntingford Community Area

and the Bishop’s Stortford – All Saints, Central, south and Part of Thorley

Neighbourhood Plans where adopted. The Braughing and Walkern

Neighbourhood Plans were examined and the Standon Neighbourhood Plan

was submitted and consulted on (Reg. 16) by East Herts.

5.7 As well as this, East Herts Council also agreed to designate the following

Neighbourhood Areas:

 Eastwick, Gilston and Part of Hunsdon

 Hunsdon

 Bengeo - Hertford

 Thundridge

35 Page 127 5.8 One area of difficulty that might impede the progress of Neighbourhood

Plans through the next monitoring year, is the recent judgement by the Court

of Justice of the European Union who’s ruling impacts on the manner in

which HRA Screening Report’s must now be undertaken. The Council is

currently monitoring its updated approach through the on-going examination

of the Standon Neighbourhood Plan.

5.9 The most up-to-date information regarding progress on the production of

Neighbourhood Plans can be found at:

www.eastherts.gov.uk/neighbourhoodplanning.

Page 128 36 Table 13: Progress in the production of Neighbourhood Plans

Designation of Regulation 14 Regulation 16 Neighbourhood Examination Neighbourhood consultation consultation Referendum Adoption Plan Area commencement area agreed commencement commencement

Bishop’s Stortford 4th Dec 2012 Feb 2014 June-July 2014 Dec 2014 March 2015 July 2015

Silverleys and

Meads Bishop’s Stortford 5th July 2014 March 2016 Nov-Dec 2016 May 2017 September October 2017

Central, South, All 2017

Saints and part of

Thorley Brickendon 4th Mar 2014 - - - - -

Liberty Braughing 8th June 2015 January 2017 Oct-Nov 2017 January 2018 July 2018 September

2018 Buntingford 1st July 2014 Sept 2015 April 2016 Nov 2016 March 2017 May 2017

Community Area Eastwick, Gilston 28th November - - - - -

and part of 2017 Page 129 Page Hunsdon

37 Page 130 Page

Designation of Regulation 14 Regulation 16 Neighbourhood Examination Neighbourhood consultation consultation Referendum Adoption Plan Area commencement area agreed commencement commencement

Hertford – 27th June 2017 - - - - -

Bengeo Ward

Hertford – 5th April 2016 - - - - -

Sele Ward

Hertford Heath 4th Feb 2014 - - - - -

Hertingfordbury 2nd February - - - - -

2016 Hunsdon 28th November - - - - -

2017 Little Hadham 6th September - - - - -

2016 Much Hadham 1st September - - - - -

2015 Sawbridgeworth 1st December - - - - -

2015 Standon 8th June 2015 October 2016 January 2018 August 2018 - -

38 Designation of Regulation 14 Regulation 16 Neighbourhood Examination Neighbourhood consultation consultation Referendum Adoption Plan Area commencement area agreed commencement commencement

Stanstead Abbotts 11th September

and St Margarets 2018

Thundridge 5th September - - - - -

2017

Walkern 6th Jan 2015 January 2017 October 2017 January 2018 July 2018 July 2018

Ware 11th September

2018

Watton-at-Stone 5th April 2016 - - - - - Page 131 Page

39 Duty to Cooperate

5.10 The ‘Duty to Co-operate’ was introduced by the Localism Act in 2011. The Duty

requires local planning authorities to work collaboratively with prescribed

public bodies in relation to strategic issues and the plan-making process.

5.11 The Council has continued to work closely with neighbouring local authorities,

and prescribed bodies to maximise effectiveness in preparing the District Plan.

The Council will continue to monitor the approach taken and produce evidence

to demonstrate that the requirement as set out in the Localism Act and NPPF is

being met.

5.12 The Council publish updates to Duty to Cooperate meetings on its webpage:

https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/dutytocooperate

Community Infrastructure Levy

5.13 Previously, initial technical work concerning the Community Infrastructure Levy

(CIL) was undertaken as part of the Delivery Study, a key technical report that

informed work on the District Plan. The Delivery Study identified the level of CIL

that would be financially viable to charge for a number of different

development scheme typologies. At present, the Council has not come to a

decision with regards to whether or not to introduce a CIL charging schedule in

the future.

Page 132 40 Starter Homes

5.14 A new indicator will be added in future Authority Monitoring Reports regarding

Starter Homes as the legislation develops and becomes clearer. As the scheme

hasn’t yet started, East Herts has not completed or committed to any specific

developments including Starter Homes.

Self-Build and Custom Housebuilding Plots

5.15 The Council is required to keep a register of individuals and groups who are

seeking to acquire serviced plots of land in the District on which to build their

own homes. The Planning Practice Guidance encourages authorities to publish

headline information related to their Self-build and Custom Housebuilding

Registers in their AMRs. Information regarding the East Herts Self Build register

is routinely updated on the Council’s website:

http://www.eastherts.gov.uk/selfbuild

5.16 In order for an individual to join the register they must meet the eligibility

criteria. Those who meet the criteria will then go on to either Part 1, or Part 2 of

the Self-build Register. Part 1 is for individuals who meet the criteria and have a

connection to the local area. Part 2 is for those individuals who do not have a

connection to East Herts but do meet the basic eligibility criteria.

5.17 The criteria to enter the East Herts Self-Build Register was updated in Summer

2017, Table 14 (below) shows that as of October 31st 2018 there were 13

Individuals on Part 1 of the Self-build register, and 4 individuals on Part 2 of the

41 Page 133 Table 14: Self-build Register Number of Individuals

Number of Individuals Number of Associations

Part 1 13 0

Part 2 4 0

Source: East Herts Council Monitoring, 2018

Page 134 42 SECTION 3: GROWTH / CHANGES IN THE DISTRICT IN THE MONITORING YEAR

43 Page 135 6. INTRODUCTION

6.0 This section deals with the changes in the district in terms of development in

the monitoring year. The section places special emphasis on the housing

growth in the monitoring year along with the determination of the five-year

land supply in the district. The other areas that the section provides

information on include growth and/or changes in – business development,

retail and shopping frontages, environment and design, and renewable energy

developments.

6.1 Following the adoption of the District Plan on the 23rd October 2018, as well as

the introduction of a new National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) means

that there have been some modifications to the way that land supply and

housing growth is examined and presented.

HOUSING GROWTH OR CHANGES IN THE MONITORING YEAR

6.2 Meeting the housing requirement in the district is a key requirement. If there is

an under-delivery of land for new housing development, it can have adverse

effects on affordability and prevent newly forming households from staying

within the district. To provide sufficient housing land, that is accessible to and

meets the needs of the district’s communities during the plan period is one of

the key objectives of the Council’s housing policies. The policies in the District

Plan seek to drive this ambition by planning for a sufficient quantity, quality and

type of housing in the right locations, taking account of need and demand in

the district including affordable housing.

Page 136 44 6.3 This AMR reports on the following areas of housing development:

 Dwelling completions  Five-year land supply  Affordable housing completions  Gypsy and traveller accommodation  Housing completions by size and type  Residential density  Dwellings completed on previously developed land  Completions on windfall sites  Distribution of new dwellings in the district

Plan Period and Housing Targets

6.4 The NPPF requires local planning authorities to set out their housing

requirements in adopted strategic policies or against the local housing need

where strategic policies are more than five years old. The District Plan was

adopted in 2018 and therefore the housing requirement is prescribed at a level

of 839 dwellings per year across the plan period 2011-2033.

6.5 839 dwellings per annum can be used to monitor housing delivery and

calculate future land supply as set out in paragraph 73 of the NPPF.

45 Page 137 Dwelling completions

6.6 The table below shows the annual dwelling completions in East Herts since the

start of the Plan period in 2011.

Table 15: Dwelling completions since 2011

Monitoring Year Number of completions

2011/12 383

2012/13 699

2013/14 366

2014/15 503

2015/16 674

2016/17 619

2017/18 463

Total completions since 2011 3,707

Source: East Herts Council and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring (CDP reports), 2018

6.7 A total number of 3,707 dwellings have been built since the start of the Plan

period and in the monitoring year a total number of 463 dwellings were

completed. This figure was lower than expected but was largely due to

registering a loss of 122 dwellings in the monitoring year on one site.

6.8 It is anticipated that with the adoption of the District Plan housing completions

will increase substantially in the five year supply period and beyond. A

breakdown of the net completion figures for 2011-2018 by parish and

settlement is set out in Appendix A and B.

Page 138 46 Five-year land supply

6.9 The NPPF requires that local authorities demonstrate a five year supply of

specific deliverable sites sufficient to provide 5 years’ worth of housing against

the housing requirement set out in adopted strategic policies. In order to

calculate the five year land supply position there are certain assumptions and

figures that need to be supplied:

 the annual housing target of the District (above);

 the identified supply of housing sites and an assessment of which of

these sites are deliverable;

 the shortfall in housing completions since the start of the Plan period

and how this will be addressed; and

 the addition of a buffer of additional sites bought forward from later in

the Plan period.

6.10 Taking the first two of these points, the annual housing target used in the five-

year land supply calculation is 839 dwellings per annum. The rationale for using

this figure is set out above in paragraphs 6.4-6.5 of this report. The table below

summarises the identified supply of housing sites which are considered

deliverable within the five year period 2019-2023. A full breakdown of the

identified housing supply is set out in the Schedule of Housing Commitments in

Appendix D.

6.11 The Council’s supply of sites has been compiled under the definition of what

constitutes a deliverable housing site as set out in Annex 2 of the NPPF. The

Schedule of Housing Commitments therefore does not include major sites

where there isn’t a detailed planning permission in place or any other clear

47 Page 139 evidence that delivery will begin within five years. There are currently 39

dwellings not included in the supply figure due to only having an outline

application not supplemented with further evidence of delivery.

Table 16: Identified supply of housing sites

Source of Supply Number of dwellings

anticipated

Extant Planning Permissions on Large Sites 3,284

Extant Planning Permissions on Small Sites 323

Losses 914

Site where Principle of Development Accepted 26

subject to S106 agreement

District Plan Allocations 3,520

SLAA Sites 43

Windfall Allowance 375

Total Identified Supply 7,662

Source: East Herts Council and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring (CDP reports), 2018

6.12 The shortfall in housing completions since the start of the Plan period needs to

be considered in the five-year land supply calculation. Table 15 above shows

that since 2011, a total of 3,707 dwellings have been completed, and the

Schedule of Housing Commitments in Appendix D indicates that it is

anticipated that a total of 665 dwellings will be completed in the monitoring

year 2018-19. Therefore, the estimated total shortfall in housing completions

since the start of the Plan period is estimated to be 2,698 as shown in the table

below.

4 In total the sites result in net loss but in this case the loss came forward in 2017-18 monitoring year and therefore only the gain from respective sites is left.

Page 140 48 Table 17: Shortfall in housing completions since start of Plan period

Monitoring Year Shortfall in completions

against target of 839 dwellings

2011/12 -456

2012/13 -140

2013/14 -473

2014/15 -336

2015/16 -165

2016/17 -220

2017/18 -555

2018/19 -353 (estimated)

Total shortfall since 2011 2,698

Source: East Herts Council and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring (CDP reports), 2018

6.13 The manner in which the Council intends to deal address the shortfall in

housing completions is set out in the District Plan. The shortfall since the start

of the Plan period is addressed and spread over a ten year period from 2017-

2027. The shortfall figures from 2017/18 and 2018/19 are deducted against the

higher figures that includes shortfall as set out in the District Plan.

Table 18: Additional number of dwellings required per annum using the 10 Year Method

Method Calculation Additional number

of dwellings

required each year

10 Year Method 2,698/10 269.8

49 Page 141 6.14 The NPPF also requires local authorities to provide an additional buffer of

either 5%, 10% or 20% (moved forward from later in the plan period) to ensure

choice and competition in the market for land and seek to provide a genuine

margin of adequate supply. There are a number of mechanisms to determine

which buffer should be used. In the absence of the Governments Housing

Delivery Test which was meant to be published in November 2018, East Herts

still accepts that given that there has been a persistent under delivery of

housing, a 20% buffer has been applied.

Table 19: Additional number of dwellings required per annum using a 20% buffer

Buffer Additional number of dwellings required each

year

10 Year Shortfall 20% 221.8

6.15 Taking into account the established need (839 dwellings per year), and the

appropriate method for addressing the shortfall (over the first 10 years), Table

20 shows that the Council is able to demonstrate a five year supply of

deliverable housing sites.

Table 20: Five year land supply calculation using the 10 Year Method

Buffer Annual Housing Five year Five year land

Requirement housing supply

requirement calculation

20% buffer 1330.65 6653 5.8 years6

5 10 Year Shortfall Annual Housing Requirement = + 839 (OAN) + 269.8 (shortfall) + 221.8 (buffer) 6 Five Year Land Supply = 7662 (total supply) /1330.6 (annual housing requirement)

Page 142 50 Affordable housing completions 6.16 A total number of 182 affordable homes were completed during the monitoring

year which represents 29.6% of all completed dwellings in the District. The

areas where the affordable homes were provided are included in Appendix C.

Table 21: Gross Affordable Housing Completions in 2017-18 Total no. of affordable homes % of total completions

182 29.6%

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

Net additional Gypsy and Traveller pitches 6.17 There were no additional net-gains in Gypsy and Traveller pitches in the year

2017-18 in the District. This differs from 2016-17 were there was a total number

of 7 net pitches provided in the District.

51 Page 143 Gross housing completions by size and type 6.18 As Chart 11 shows below, 60.8% of gross completions during the monitoring

year were for houses, which is higher than the previous two monitoring years

(54% and 45%). This figure is largely due to the proportion of number of flats

built in the last two monitoring years which is substantially reduced when

compared to the 2015-16 monitoring year’s 51% of gross completions. Table 22,

shows gross housing completions by size and type, 1 and 2 bedroom flats and 3

and 4 bedroom houses are the most prevalent size and type of housing

completions in this monitoring year.

Table 22: Gross housing completions by size and type in 2017-18 Type 1 2 3 4 5+ Other Total by

type

Bungalow 4 15 2 0 0 0 21

Flat,

Apartment or 70 139 6 1 0 0 216

Maisonette

House 3 64 146 124 36 1 373

Mobile or 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Temporary

Studio 2 0 0 0 0 0 2

Total by size 79 218 154 125 36 1 613

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

Page 144 52 Chart 11: Gross housing completions by type in 2017-18

Mobile or Temporary Dwelling, 0.2% Studio, 0.3% Bungalow, 3.4%

Flat, Apartment or Maisonette, 35.2%

House, 60.8%

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

Residential Density 6.19 According to paragraph 47 of NPPF, local authorities can set out their own

approach to housing density to reflect local circumstances. 56% of dwellings

were completed at a density of over 30 dwellings per hectare.

Table 23: New dwellings completed within defined density ranges in 2017-18 Percentage of new dwellings (gross) Output 2017-18 (%) completed at:

Less than 30 dwellings per hectare 44.1% (234 number)

Between 30 and 50 dwellings per 32.6% (173) hectare

Above 50 dwellings per hectare 23.4% (124)

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

53 Page 145 Dwellings completed on previously developed land 6.20 The table below shows the total number of completions, both new and

converted on previously developed land. As can be seen in the table below, the

total number of dwellings completed on previously developed land in 2017-18

is 383 (62.5%).

Table 24: Dwellings completed on Previously Developed Land in 2017-18 Gross completions 613

Completions on PDL 383

% gross on PDL 62.5%

Source: East Herts Council and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring (CDP reports), 2018

Chart 12: PDL Completions and Trajectory % on PDL

100 96 96 84 86 90 82 81 82 79 78 80 75 71 70 66 70 64 63 56 60 51 50 43 40 35 30 25 20 20 10 0

2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06 2006/07 2007/08 2008/09 2009/10 2010/11 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22

Source: East Herts Council and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring (CDP reports), 2018

Page 146 54 6.21 Table 24 shows that the percentage of development on PDL was slightly higher

than the former government target of 60%. The PDL trajectory indicates that

completions on brownfield land are likely to generally fall over the next few

years; this is due to the majority of the brownfield allocated sites in the

previous Local Plan having been developed and more sites coming forward for

development through the District Plan on greenfield sites.

6.22 In June 2010, the Coalition Government reissued PPS3, reclassifying garden

land as greenfield land (non PDL). This classification was carried forward in the

NPPF when it superseded PPS3. Therefore from the 2010-11 monitoring year

onwards, planning applications granted approval on garden land have been

classified in the completion figures and PDL trajectory as development on non-

previously developed land. Development on garden land makes up a small

proportion of the housing land supply so although the number of completions

on previously developed land is likely to fall in future years, the impact of the

change to the classification of PDL is not expected to be significant in this

regard.

Completions on Windfall Sites per annum 6.23 Windfall sites are those sites which are not allocated in the development plan

but which unexpectedly become available for development or re-development.

There are two categories of windfall sites; small sites and conversions of four or

less units, and large windfall sites of 5 or more units.

55 Page 147 Table 25: Completions on windfall sites since 2011-2018 Year 2011/ 2012/ 2013/ 2014/ 2015/ 2016/ 2017/ Annual

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Avg.

Small sites 58 57 68 95 104 78 87 78.1 and conversions Large 173 323 161 218 559 541 376 335.9 windfall sites Allocated 152 319 137 190 11 0 0 115.6 sites Total net 383 699 366 503 674 619 463 529.6 completions Windfall 60 54 63 63 98 100 100 76.8 completions as % of net total completions Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

6.24 The table above shows that 76.8% of all completions since 2011/12 have been

on windfall sites. This is due to fact that the majority of the allocated sites in the

Local Plan Second Review 2007 have already been bought forward for

development and completed. The number of completions on windfall sites,

particularly large sites, is likely to begin to decline now that the District Plan has

been adopted.

Distribution of new dwellings 6.25 The distribution of new dwellings in the District since the start of the Plan

period (2011) is set out in Chart 13 on the following page. As shown in the

chart, the highest percentage of new housing development within a settlement

in East Herts since the start of the Plan period has taken place in Hertford

Page 148 56 (20.1%). Bishop’s Stortford and Ware have had 14.1% and 10.3% respectively,

while Buntingford has had 9.5% of new development. Locations outside the six

main settlements, including Category 1 villages, have had 42.4% of new

development. Overall 57.6% of new development has been directed within the

District’s six main settlements.

Chart 13: Distribution of new dwellings in the District 2011-2018 % of Net Completions

45% 42.40% 40% 35% 30% 25% 20.10% 20% 14.10% 15% 9.50% 10.30% 10% 3.30% 5% 0.30% 0%

Ware Other Stortford Hertford Abbotts Buntingford Sawbridgeworth Bishop's Stanstead

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

57 Page 149 7. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND EMPLOYMENT

7.1 The NPPF highlights the principle of achieving a strong economy and

acknowledges the economic role of the planning system in achieving

sustainable development. Local Plans have an important role to play in

achieving this aim by ensuring their policies meet the needs of the economy

whilst at the same time securing effective protection of the environment and

achieving a sustainable pattern of development. Monitoring employment land

supply ensures that the needs of businesses in the area will be met. The District

Plan and the previous Local Plan policies aim to achieve sustainable economic

growth in the district by encouraging a strong and diverse local economy with a

wide range of employment opportunities, whilst ensuring effective protection

and enhancement of the environment and the prudent use of resources. The

following indicators monitor the amount of floorspace developed for

employment by type; in Employment Areas; on Previously Developed Land etc.

Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type 7.2 The following indicator monitors the amount of gross completed floorspace

development for employment, by the type of Use Class. It is not always possible

to determine, from existing data, the breakdown between the B1 Business

Uses. Where this data is available it has been separated out and the remaining

information has been classed as B1. A large amount of growth has occurred in

developments with B2 and B8 Use Classes.

Page 150 58 Table 26: Floorspace developed for employment by type Type of employment (by Use Class) Gross Output (sq. m)

B1 – Business (split unknown) 724 B1 (a) – Offices 444 B1 (b) – Research and Development 352

B1 (c) – Light Industry 0 B2 – General Industry 9,414 B8 – Storage or Distribution 3,064 Total 13,998 Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type in Employment Areas 7.3 This indicator measures the amount of gross new and converted employment

floorspace in the District Plan Employment Areas. About 74.8% of the

employment floorspace developed has been within allocated Employment

Areas.

Table 27: Amount of floorspace developed for employment by type in Employment Areas Type of employment (by Use Class) Gross Output (sq. m)

B1 (b) – Research and Development 352 B2 – General Industry 8899 B8 – Storage or Distribution 1230 Total 10,481 Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring 2018 (All data is specified as square metres or hectares and measurements are not confirmed as gross internal floorspace)

59 Page 151 Amount of floorspace by employment type, which is on previously developed land 7.4 This indicator measures the amount of completed employment floorspace in

the monitoring year which is on previously developed land (PDL). As shown in

the table below, over the monitoring year, 82.2% of employment floorspace

was provided on previously developed land, this is an increase on 2016-17

where the figure was 57.6% developed on PDL.

Table 28: Amount of floorspace on previously developed land Type of employment (by Use Class) Gross Output Percentage on (sq. m) PDL

B1 – Business (split unknown) 724 100.00%

B1 (a) – Offices 299 67.30%

B1 (b) – Research and Development 352 100%

B1 (c) – Light Industry 0

B2 – General Industry 8899 95%

B8 – Storage or Distribution 1,480 48.30%

Total 11,754 82.02%

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring 2018 (All data is specified as square metres and measurements are not confirmed as gross internal floorspace)

Employment land available by type (land available for employment use) 7.5 This indicator measures the amount of land (in hectares) which is available for

employment use. This is defined as (i) sites defined and allocated in the

Adopted Local Plan, and (ii) sites for which planning permission has been

granted (all ‘B’ Use Classes) (including those within allocated Employment

Page 152 60 Areas). The table below shows that there are about 9.76 hectares of land

available for employment in East Herts District, the majority of which have

permissions for B1(a) – offices use.

Table 29: Employment land available by type Type of (i) (ii) Total land for Estimated Employment land employment employment use allocations with permission (hectares) (hectares) (hectares)

B1 – Business 0 0.488 0.488

(split unknown)

B1 (a) – Offices 0 1.332 1.332

B1 (b) – Research 0 0.00 0.00 and Development B1 (c) – Light 0 2.592 2.592

Industry

B2 – General 0 1.547 1.547

Industry

B8 – Storage or 0 0.359 0.359

Distribution

Total 0 6.318 6.318

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

61 Page 153 Total amount of floorspace for ‘town centre uses’ 7.6 This indicator monitors the amount of completed floorspace (gross and net) for

town centre uses within (i) town centre area and (ii) the local authority area. The

boundaries suggested in the Retail Study have been utilised for the purposes of

monitoring – these will change to the boundaries identified in the District Plan

in the next AMR. As shown in the table below, there was a total loss of 5,510m2

floorspace in the District whilst there was a loss of 2,552m2 in the town centre

areas.

Table 30: Amount of floorspace completed in town centre in 2017-18 Type of Total floorspace completed Total net floorspace completed in

employment in town centres (m2) District (m2)

Gross Net Gross Net

A1 52 -419 190 -336

A2 68 48 68 48

B1 (a) 56 -2181 444 -5,703

D2 0 0 481 481

Total 176 -2,552 1,183 -5,510

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring, 2018

Page 154 62 8. SHOPPING AND TOWN CENTRES

8.1 The indicators in this section monitor the provision of local services within town

centres. This includes retail, office and leisure development in the town centres.

Town centres provide a wide range of shopping facilities and other services,

which are generally well located for use by the whole community and

accessible by a range of modes of transport.

8.2 The Council is therefore, concerned not only to maintain, but to enhance the

vitality and viability of its town centres. In particular, it is keen to protect the key

shopping and trading role of towns in East Hertfordshire, whilst at the same

time encouraging the integration of other functions, such as community uses,

services, leisure and entertainment. Mixed use developments will be

encouraged in town centres as will complementary evening and night-time

economy uses, where appropriate.

Percentage of primary and secondary frontage in each main settlement

and smaller centres in A1 (Shop) Use Class

8.3 This indicator monitors the primary and secondary shopping frontages in the

main settlements in East Hertfordshire. This is to ensure that the frontages

remain primarily in retail use and that the vitality and viability of town centres is

maintained. From the table below, it can be seen that the units in primary

frontage in Bishop’s Stortford in A1 use is – 61.3%. Hertford and Ware no longer

have a majority of shops in A1 use as percentages have fallen to 45.1% and

49.1% respectively.

63 Page 155 Table 31: Percentage of primary and secondary frontage in each main settlement and smaller centres in A1 Use Class Settlement Primary % Secondary %

Bishop’s Stortford 61.3 43.3

Hertford 45.1 42.6

Ware 49.1 32.1

Sawbridgeworth N/A* 44.1

Buntingford N/A* 36.1

Stanstead Abbotts N/A* 50.0

Source: East Herts Council 2018 * Not Applicable – Smaller centres do not have defined primary frontages

Vacant shops

8.4 The number of vacant units in the retail frontages tends to vary from year to

year. It is often seen as a key indicator to how a town centre is performing

economically. The data from this monitoring year shows that there have been

small fluctuations in vacancy rates since 2016-17, apart from in Hertford where

the vacancy rate has increased by some 15%. This is due to the demolition of

Bircherley Green shopping centre in the monitoring year.

Table 32: Percentage of vacant shop units in Primary and Secondary Frontages Settlement Primary % Secondary %

Bishop’s Stortford 9.2 5.5

Hertford 22.5 5.1

Ware 6.25 3.6

Sawbridgeworth N/A* 3.2

Buntingford N/A* 8.2

Stanstead Abbotts N/A* 3.6

Source: East Herts Council 2018 * Not Applicable – Smaller centres do not have defined primary frontages

Page 156 64 Breakdown by Use Class of premises in Primary and Secondary shopping

frontages

8.5 The following chart shows the shopping frontages in the six main settlements

for different Use Class.

Chart 14: Primary and Secondary frontages in East Herts

200

180

160

140

120 Vacant 100 C1/D1/D2/SG (Other) 80 C3 (Residential) 60 B1/B2 (Business) A3/A4/A5 (Restaurants, 40 Cafes, Takeaways) 20 A2 (Financial and Professional Services) 0 A1 (Shops) PrimarySecondaryPrimarySecondaryPrimarySecondarySecondarySecondarySecondary Bishops Hertford Ware S'worth B'ford St' Stortford Abbotts

Source: East Herts Council 2018

65 Page 157 9. ENVIRONMENT AND DESIGN

9.1 East Hertfordshire District is under continuing pressure for development, as a

result of evolving and changing community needs for homes, jobs, leisure and

community facilities. The development strategy in the District Plan is to

concentrate and direct development to the main towns, with limited

development taking place in some smaller settlements.

9.2 The District Plan has a key role to play in making proper provision, in a

sustainable way, for the necessary needs of the present and future

generations, whilst at the same time protecting the environment and amenity.

Meeting the housing needs of the District will result in development of higher

densities than previously, and some release of Green Belt/greenfield land. It is,

therefore, important that the quality of what is built for whatever use, is of the

highest standard possible, and that the natural and built environment is

conserved and enhanced, for the benefit of present and future generations.

9.3 Monitoring of environment and design issues will be developed further in the

future through the production of the District Plan. Current indicators relate to

biodiversity issues.

Change in areas and populations of biodiversity importance

9.4 The Hertfordshire Biological Records Centre (HBRC) has continued to improve

their reporting on biodiversity indicators over last few years. In this monitoring

year, the only change recorded was to the Local Wildlife Sites. There were 2

new Local Wildlife Sites created in 2017, however, despite the creation of these

Page 158 66 new Local Wildlife Sites there was an overall decrease in area due to a

substantial reduction of the Wildlife Site at Panshanger Park.

Table 33: Change in areas and populations of biodiversity importance Type of site 2016 2017

No. of Area (Ha) No. of Area (Ha)

sites sites

Ramsar/SPA 1 451.29 1 451.29

SAC 1 336.47 1 336.47

National Nature 1 239.4 1 239.4

Reserve

Sites of Special 16 519.04 16 519.04

Scientific Interest

Local Wildlife 541 3337.51 543 3317.63

Sites

Local Nature 1 35.24 1 35.24

Reserve

Source: Hertfordshire Environmental Records Centre 2017; Local Sites Ratification Report 2017

10. RENEWABLE ENERGY

10.1 The District Plan, and previously the Local Plan, aims to promote development

that makes the most efficient use of resources, including land, water, energy

and other resources and encourage the generation of renewable energy within

the district. The following table includes data on permissions granted and the

completions with renewable energy generation in the monitoring year. A total

of 12 permissions were granted with renewable energy generation facilities.

67 Page 159 Table 34: Renewable energy generation facilities permitted in 2017-18 Renewable energy No. of schemes Capacity (kW)

facility

Biomass heating 1 0

Ground Source 2 0

Heating

Solar Water Heating 1 0

Solar Power 6 107

Green Infrastructure 2 28,000

Total 12 28,107

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring 2018

10.2 The following table shows the completions with renewable energy generation

facilities in the monitoring year with the total capacity of 4,639kW in the District.

This is a significant increase on previous monitoring years.

Table 35: Completions with renewable power in 2017-18 Address Renewable Power Capacity (kW)

Source

Mill Farm, Mentley Lane, Great Solar Power (PV) 4639 Munden, SG11 1JR

12 Clusterbolts, Stapleford, SG14 Solar Power (PV) 0 3ND

Source: East Herts and Hertfordshire County Council Monitoring 2018

Page 160 68 10.3 The results for this indicator should be treated carefully as the majority of small

scale household renewable energy systems do not need planning permission

so will therefore not be recorded. The Council will be working with

Hertfordshire County Council to improve monitoring of this indicator in future

years.

11. GREEN BELT AND COUNTRYSIDE

11.1 The Metropolitan Green Belt in East Hertfordshire covers approximately the

southern third of the District, with northern extensions paralleling the A1 and

M11 transport corridors. It secures the containment of the settlements of

Bishop's Stortford, Hertford, Ware, Sawbridgeworth and Stanstead Abbotts, as

well as larger villages such as Watton-at-Stone.

11.2 The remaining central and northern two-thirds of the District are located in the

Rural Area Beyond the Green Belt, where the policy is of similar strong restraint

on development, and protection of the Countryside. This Rural Area contains

the town of Buntingford, as well as numerous villages. This parallel policy has

been in place since 1981 when the first East Herts Local Plan was adopted.

New development in the Green Belt and the countryside

11.3 This indicator monitors the new development in the Green Belt approved as a

departure and referred to the Secretary of State. This helps monitor the

success of Green Belt and Rural Area Beyond the Green Belt policies in

protecting the Green Belt and the countryside from inappropriate

development.

69 Page 161 11.4 There were no major departures from the Local Plan with regard to the Green

Belt or the Rural Area Beyond the Green Belt that was contrary to policy.

Table 36: New development in the Green Belt approved as a departure 2017-18 and referred to the Secretary of State Green Belt Target Output

Number of applications 0 0

Source: East Herts Council, 2018

Table 37: New development in the Rural Area Beyond the Green Belt approved as a departure 2017-18 and referred to the Secretary of State Rural Area Beyond the Target Output

Green Belt

Number of 0 0

applications

Source: East Herts Council, 2018

Page 162 70 APPENDIX A: NET HOUSING COMPLETIONS BY PARISH 2011-18

11/12 12/13 13/14 14/15 15/16 16/17 17/18 Total

TOWNS/PARISHES OF: - Bishop's 29 211 22 43 129 31 61 526 Stortford Buntingford 93 18 90 18 51 170 217 657

Hertford 137 165 74 216 225 213 -67 963

Sawbridgeworth 55 47 31 19 6 5 3 166

Ware 9 141 38 71 79 44 82 464

PARISHES OF: -

Albury 0 0 0 -1 0 0 1 1 Anstey 6 3 0 0 0 2 -1 10 Ardeley 0 1 0 -1 0 0 1 1 Aspenden 0 -1 1 1 0 0 0 1 Aston 0 0 -1 0 1 1 0 1 Bayford 2 0 2 0 3 0 -1 6 Bengeo Rural 0 0 0 0 -1 0 1 0 Benington 1 1 0 3 12 0 1 18 Bramfield 0 0 0 0 -1 0 1 0 Braughing 1 16 22 10 0 0 10 59 Brent Pelham 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Brickendon 1 9 2 -1 1 5 7 24 Liberty Buckland 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 Cottered 1 0 2 3 1 2 55 64 Datchworth 1 1 0 0 -1 1 2 4 Eastwick 0 0 0 0 -1 2 0 1 Furneux Pelham 0 -1 1 0 3 1 4 8 Gilston 0 0 0 11 99 63 28 201 Great Amwell 0 0 1 1 3 0 2 7 Great Munden 1 0 3 0 -1 0 0 3 Hertford Heath 20 -1 3 3 7 8 3 43

71 Page 163 Hertingfordbury 4 -1 0 0 0 0 -1 2 High Wych 1 6 3 -1 5 -1 4 17 Hormead 2 0 1 1 0 0 0 4 Hunsdon 5 18 0 0 1 0 0 24 Little 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Berkhamsted Little Hadham -1 0 2 3 -1 4 5 12 Little Munden 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 Meesden 0 -1 1 0 0 0 0 0 Much Hadham 0 0 1 12 2 1 17 33 Sacombe 1 0 -2 0 1 0 0 0 Standon 0 0 4 56 19 3 3 85 Stanstead 0 0 1 6 0 2 0 9 Abbotts Stanstead St. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Margarets Stapleford 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 3 Stocking -1 0 0 0 3 0 0 2 Pelham Tewin 2 3 13 20 8 0 0 46 Thorley 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Thundridge 0 1 1 1 10 52 3 68 Walkern 0 1 2 2 2 1 0 8 Wareside 0 0 3 0 6 0 2 11 Watton-at- 14 58 43 5 1 1 4 126 Stone Westmill 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Widford -1 3 0 0 0 6 14 22 Wyddial 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 2

Page 164 72 APPENDIX B: NET HOUSING COMPLETIONS BY SETTLEMENT 2011-18

11/12 12/13 13/14 14/15 15/16 16/17 17/18 Total SETTLEMENT OF: - Bishop's 26 210 22 43 129 31 61 461 Stortford

Buntingford 93 15 43 13 6 71 112 241 Hertford 49 39 74 211 224 213 -66 810 Sawbridgeworth 15 47 31 19 5 4 2 121 Stanstead 0 1 1 6 1 1 2 10 Abbotts/St. Margarets Ware 8 141 30 12 65 44 82 300 CATEGORY 1 BraughingVILLAGES OF: - 1 16 0 4 0 0 0 21 Hertford Heath 18 -1 1 2 4 6 3 30 High Cross 0 0 0 -2 10 45 2 53 Hunsdon 4 18 0 0 1 0 0 23 Much Hadham 0 0 0 0 1 0 8 1 Puckeridge 0 0 2 56 16 2 0 76 Tewin 1 3 14 20 7 0 0 45 Walkern 0 1 2 2 2 1 0 8 Watton-at-Stone 9 58 43 5 1 1 1 117

Other 159 151 103 112 202 200 256 927 Villages/Hamlets

Totals 383 699 366 503 674 619 463 3,244

73 Page 165 APPENDIX C: LIST OF AFFORDABLE HOMES COMPLETED IN THE DISTRICT IN THE MONITORING YEAR

Site Name Number of Affordable units

Land North of, Hare Street Road, Buntingford 32

North of, 38, Gatwick Close, Bishops Stortford, 2

CM23 5DL

Garage site to the north of, 26, Northolt 2

Avenue, Bishop's Stortford, CM23 5DU

Land south of Hare Street Road, Buntingford 24

Former Sainsburys Distribution Depot, London 32

Road, Buntingford, SG9 9JR

Land At, Walnut Close, Much Hadham, SG10 6AJ 7

356-364 Ware Road, Hertford, SG13 7ER 14

B J Ashpole Ltd, Southmill Road, Bishops 2

Stortford, CM23 3DJ

Hertford Regional College, London Road, Ware, 14

SG12 9JF

110-114 South Street, Bishops Stortford 6

Land North Of The Park Farm Industrial Estate 34

And The Freman, Ermine Street, Buntingford

101 - 113 Gladstone Road, Ware, SG12 0AQ 10

Garage Site To East Of, 48 Northolt Avenue, 2

Bishops Stortford, CM23 5DU

Land Adj 1 Lake Villas, Barleycroft End, Furneux 1

Pelham, SG9 0LG

Page 166 74 APPENDIX D: SCHEDULE OF HOUSING COMMITMENTS

75 Page 167 This page is intentionally left blank Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Extant Planning Permissions on Large Sites Development in Wickham Hall, 3/10/1959/FP progress N 24/01/2011 24/01/2014 Hadham Road Bishop's Stortford N 2.107 6 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 Development in B J Ashpole Ltd, 3/15/1733/FUL progress N 26/08/2016 26/08/2019 Southmill Road Bishop's Stortford Y 0.700 70 0 70 8 0 8 62 0 62 50 12 25 25 70

Land At Hoggates Development in End, Dane O'coys 3/14/1583/FP progress N 24/11/2015 24/11/2018 Road Bishop's Stortford N 1.300 22 0 22 6 0 6 16 0 16 10 6 10 22 Detailed permission not Land south of 3/14/2143/OP started Y 20/07/2017 20/07/2020 Hadham Road Bishop's Stortford N 7.090 247 0 247 0 0 0 247 0 247 247 0 60 60 60 67 247 Development in 110-114 South 3/15/2579/VAR progress N 11/08/2016 11/08/2019 Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.31 48 0 48 22 0 22 26 0 26 4 22 4 48 Detailed permission not 8 And 10 Rye 3/15/0261/FUL started N 24/07/2015 24/07/2018 Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.115 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 7 0 4 3 7 Detailed permission not 3/16/2160/FUL started N 08/12/2016 08/12/2019 26 Northgate End Bishop's Stortford Y 0.023 6 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 Development in Walden Court, 3/16/0973/ODPN progress N 17/06/2016 17/06/2019 Parsonage Lane Bishop's Stortford Y 0.477 24 0 24 0 0 0 24 0 24 12 12 12 24 Detailed permission not Millars One, 3/16/2380/FUL started N 06/07/2017 06/07/2020 Southmill Road Bishop's Stortford Y 0.036 6 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 Detailed 3/15/1601/FUL permission not R/o 4 - 6 South 3/18/1518/FUL started N 01/10/2015 01/10/2018 Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.049 6 2 4 0 0 0 6 2 4 6 -2 3 3 4 ASR's 1-4Land at Bishop's Stortford 3/13/0804/OP Allocated site Y 02/04/2015 02/04/2018 North Bishop's Stortford N 130 2200 0 2200 0 0 0 2200 0 2200 1600 50 350 400 300 300 250 550 2200 3/13/0886/OP 3/17/1716/REM ASR 5, Land To 3/16/1897/REM Allocated site Y 01/06/2016 01/06/2019 North Bishop's Stortford N 26.3 329 0 329 4 0 4 325 0 325 259 70 70 70 70 49 329 Development in Walden Court, 3/16/1485/FUL progress N 19/09/2016 19/09/2019 Parsonage Lane Bishop's Stortford Y 0.47 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 4 4 4 8 Detailed Thorley Place, permission not Thorley Lane East, 3/15/1211/FUL started N 08/04/2016 08/04/2019 Thorley Bishop's Stortford Y 0.6 5 1 4 0 0 0 5 1 4 5 -1 5 4 Partridges, Development in Farnham Road, 3/17/1339/REM progress N 08/11/2016 08/11/2019 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.49 5 1 4 0 1 -1 5 0 5 3 2 3 4 First And Second Floors, 42 North Detailed Street, Bishops permission not Stortford, CM23 3/16/1630/FUL started N 09/11/2016 09/11/2019 2LR Bishop's Stortford Y 0.01 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5

Full Permission Rye Street, 3/16/0452/FUL subject to S106 N 18/10/2017 18/10/2020 Farnham Road Bishop's Stortford N 1.45 30 0 30 0 0 0 30 0 30 30 0 15 15 30 Detailed permission not 61 Hadham Road, 3/17/0350/FUL started N 15/01/2018 15/01/2021 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.07 9 0 9 0 0 0 9 0 9 9 0 4 5 9 Detailed 3/17/2037/FUL permission not 116 Hadham Road, 3/18/1599/FUL started N 03/11/2017 03/11/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.147 7 1 6 0 0 0 7 1 6 6 0 -1 2 5 6 Thorley Place, Detailed Thorley Lane East, permission not Thorley, Bishops 3/17/2606/FUL started N 09/01/2018 09/01/2021 Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.57 6 1 5 0 0 0 6 1 5 5 0 -1 3 3 5 Development in Land south of Hare 3/14/0970/RP progress N 10/12/2014 10/12/2017 Street Road Buntingford N 4.96 105 0 105 63 0 63 42 0 42 0 42 105 Detailed permission not Area 2, Land south 3/17/0073/REM started N 14/09/2017 14/09/2020 of Hare Street Road Buntingford N 8.360 95 0 95 0 0 0 95 0 95 95 0 30 35 30 95 Detailed permission not Area 3, Land south 3/17/0414/REM started N 29/03/2018 29/03/2021 of Hare Street Road Buntingford N 5.800 81 0 81 0 0 0 81 0 81 81 0 35 35 11 81 Page 169 Page 3/13/1925/OP Development in 3/15/0300/OUT progress N 08/03/2016 08/03/2019 Sainsburys Depot Buntingford Y 14.29 316 0 316 174 0 174 142 0 142 62 80 62 316 Detailed permission not Land east of, 3/13/1399/OP started N 27/05/2016 27/05/2019 Aspenden Road Buntingford N 2.930 56 0 56 0 0 0 56 0 56 56 0 35 21 56 Page 170 Page

Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Land north of Park Farm Industrial Development in Estate, Ermine 3/16/0471/VAR progress N 23/12/2016 23/12/2019 Street Buntingford N 16.270 180 0 180 2 0 2 178 0 178 138 40 40 40 40 18 180

Land North Of Park Farm Industrial Estate, And The Detailed Freman College, permission not Ermine Street, 3/16/0959/REM started N 22/07/2016 22/07/2018 Buntingford Buntingford N 1.724 25 0 25 0 0 0 25 0 25 25 0 15 10 25 Detailed Land north of Park 3/13/0813/OP permission not Farm Industrial 3/16/1392/REM started N 10/03/2017 10/03/2020 Estate Buntingford N 0.480 13 0 13 0 0 0 13 0 13 13 0 13 13

Detailed Land To The North 3/16/1391/FUL permission not Of, Park Farm 3/18/0019/NMA started N 21/08/2017 21/08/2020 Industrial Estate Buntingford N 1.020 43 0 43 0 0 0 43 0 43 43 0 20 23 43 Development in Adams Yard, Bull 3/15/0928/FUL progress N 02/12/2010 02/10/2013 Plain Hertford Y 0.118 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 0 8 8 3/14/0504/PO Development in Yeomans Court, (3/14/1386/FP progress N 29/04/2014 30/05/2016 Ware Road Hertford Y 6.9 25 0 25 11 0 11 14 0 14 7 7 7 25 Development in 3/14/1411/FP progress N 02/10/2014 02/10/2017 85, Railway Street Hertford Y 0.3 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 4 4 4 8 Buildings adj. to Development in Sainsbury's, 26 Old 3/14/1841/FP progress N 27/02/2015 27/02/2018 Cross Hertford Y 1.1 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 0 7 7

Development in Former Dolphin PH 3/07/1647/FP progress N 15/11/2007 15/11/2010 Car Park, Mill Road Hertford Y 0.116 14 0 14 0 0 0 14 0 14 0 14 14 Development in 306-310 Ware 3/11/1616/FP progress N 14/02/2014 14/02/2017 Road Hertford Y 0.800 14 1 13 0 0 0 14 1 13 13 0 13 13 Detailed 3/15/0700/FUL permission not 3/15/0339/FUL started N 03/06/2015 03/06/2018 8-12 Railway Street Hertford Y 0.020 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 7 0 3 4 7 Former Waters Development in Garage Site, 3-9 3/14/1369/FP progress N 02/04/2015 02/04/2018 North Road Hertford Y 0.170 13 0 13 0 0 0 13 0 13 0 13 13 Development in Land Adjacent 1 St 3/15/0535/FUL progress N 16/06/2015 16/06/2018 Johns Street Hertford Y 0.108 7 0 7 6 0 6 1 0 1 0 1 7 Detailed permission not 356-364 Ware 3/15/1118/FUL started N 30/09/2016 30/09/2019 Road Hertford Y 0.400 34 0 34 26 0 26 8 0 8 0 8 34 Detailed permission not 3/16/0058/FUL started N 10/03/2016 10/03/2019 31 Chambers Street Hertford Y 0.027 6 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 Detailed permission not 3/16/0431/FUL started N 22/04/2016 22/04/2019 17-19 Castle Street Hertford Y 0.060 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 8 0 8 8 Detailed permission not Elbert Wurlings, 3/16/1228/FUL started N 31/03/2017 31/03/2020 Pegs Lane Hertford Y 0.065 14 1 13 0 1 -1 14 0 14 14 0 7 7 13 Detailed Bircherley Green permission not Shopping Centre 3/17/0392/FUL started N 05/01/2018 05/01/2021 Hertford Hertford Y 0.000 70 0 70 0 0 0 70 0 70 70 0 10 30 30 70 Detailed permission not Walton Motors, 3/17/2381/FUL started N 10/01/2018 10/01/2021 Cowbridge, Hertford Hertford Y 0.097 6 2 4 0 0 0 6 2 4 4 0 -2 6 4 Detailed permission not The Rotunda, 1 Old 3/18/0143/ODPN started N 20/03/2018 20/03/2021 London Road Hertford Y 0.110 13 0 13 0 0 0 13 0 13 13 0 3 5 5 13 Development in Scout Land, 3/04/2379/FP progress N 17/01/2007 12/12/2010 Springhall Road Sawbridgeworth Y 0.299 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 3 2 3 5

3/14/1748/FP Development in Pishiobury House, 3/18/1023/FUL progress N 20/11/2014 20/11/2017 Pishiobury Drive Sawbridgeworth Y 0.500 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 2 5 2 7

3/13/1041/PO, Development in Suite 2, Plymouth 3/14/2069/FP progress N 12/01/2015 12/01/2018 House, The Square Sawbridgeworth Y 0.200 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 Louis Court, 19 Development in Cambridge Road, 3/17/2468/FUL progress N 18/12/2017 18/12/2020 Sawbridgeworth Sawbridgeworth Y 0.110 8 6 2 0 0 0 8 6 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed permission not 3/14/1764/FP started N 16/12/2014 16/12/2017 63-67, High Street Ware Y 0.300 5 1 4 2 1 1 3 0 3 1 2 1 4 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Detailed permission not Land at Crane 3/14/1408/FP started N 11/08/2015 11/08/2018 Mead, Crane Mead Ware Y 0.860 101 0 101 0 0 0 101 0 101 101 0 20 41 40 101

Development in The Chauncy 3/14/2292/FP progress N 09/12/2015 09/12/2018 School, Park Road Ware N 0.990 47 0 47 0 0 0 47 0 47 0 47 47 Development in The John Gilpin, 3/16/2327/VAR progress N 19/01/2017 19/01/2020 London Road Ware Y 0.280 10 0 10 0 0 0 10 0 10 0 10 10 Brewery Yard Maltings, Watton Development in Road, Ware, SG12 3/15/0231/FUL progress N 12/07/2016 12/07/2019 0AB Ware Y 0.410 23 0 23 0 0 0 23 0 23 8 15 8 23

Former Sun And Harrow Public Development in House, Fanhams 3/16/2292/FUL progress N 24/11/2016 24/11/2019 Road, Ware Ware Y 0.120 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 0 8 8 Detailed permission not 4 Francis Road, 3/17/0574/FUL started N 05/05/2017 05/05/2020 Ware, SG12 9HB Ware N 0.203 6 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 Detailed permission not Land R/o, 39 High 3/17/2836/VAR started N 05/02/2018 05/02/2021 Street, Ware Ware N 0.000 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 7 0 7 7 Detailed permission not 20 Amwell End, 3/15/0561/FUL started N 06/07/2018 06/07/2021 Ware Ware Y 0.050 10 0 10 0 0 0 10 0 10 10 0 5 5 10 Land east of Green Development in End Farm, Green 3/17/0711/REM progress N 11/01/2018 11/01/2021 End Braughing N 0.720 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 2 6 2 8 Detailed Ford Street Farm, 7 permission not Ford Street, 3/17/1493/FUL started N 31/10/2017 31/10/2020 Braughing Braughing N 0.371 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 7 0 7 7 Detailed permission not 3/17/2324/FUL started N 01/12/2017 01/12/2020 Cole Green Works, Cole Green Y 0.650 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 3 2 3 5 Land Fronting B1368, Between Well House And Detailed Rosemary Cottage, 3/17/0028/OUT permission not Hare Street, SG9 3/17/2754/REM started N 18/04/2017 18/04/2020 0EQ Hare Street N 0.610 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 Detailed Steelcraft Works, permission not Hare Street, 3/15/1689/FUL started N 20/12/2016 20/12/2019 Buntingford Hare Street Y 0.660 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 Detailed 3/17/1690/FUL permission not Layston Farm, Hare 3/17/2168/FUL started N 12/09/2017 12/09/2020 Street Hare Street Y 0.440 9 1 8 0 0 0 9 1 8 9 -1 4 5 8

The White Horse, Development in 234 Hertingfordbury 3/15/2154/FUL progress N 05/02/2016 05/02/2019 Road Hertingfordbury Y 0.642 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 4 4 4 8 Detailed permission not 244 Hertingfordbury 3/17/1150/FUL started N 21/07/2017 21/07/2020 Road Hertingfordbury Y 0.085 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 Nine Acres, High Development in Road, High Cross, 3/16/2434/FUL progress N 20/12/2016 20/12/2019 SG11 1BA High Cross N 0.8 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 Development in Land south of 3/17/2030/REM progress N 06/02/2018 06/02/2021 Tanners Way Hunsdon N 0.673 13 0 13 0 0 0 13 0 13 13 0 10 3 13 Detailed permission not Well House, Acorn 3/15/0260/FUL started N 14/06/2017 14/06/2019 Street Hunsdon Y 0.914 12 1 11 0 0 0 12 1 11 11 0 -1 6 6 11

Development in Bury Farm House, 3/17/0174/VAR progress N 23/03/2017 23/03/2020 Great Hormead Great Hormead N 0.72 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 6 1 6 7 Development in 3/15/0445/FUL progress N 03/06/2015 03/06/2018 Libury Hall Great Munden Y 3.200 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 Detailed permission not Albury Lime Kiln, 3/17/1399/FUL 171 Page started N 11/08/2017 11/08/2020 Albury Road Little Hadham N/A 0.450 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5 Development in Land east of 3/16/1918/REM progress N 11/11/2016 11/11/2019 Cambridge Road Puckeridge N 1.930 24 0 24 0 0 0 24 0 24 24 0 12 12 24 Page 172 Page

Land Adjacent To, Buntingford Detailed Road/A10 And 3/16/0589/OUT permission not Clements Close, 3/18/0083/REM started N 03/02/2017 03/02/2020 Puckeridge Puckeridge N 0.366 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 7 0 7 7 Detailed The Chestnuts And permission not Glanton, Cambridge 3/16/1218/FUL started N 13/06/2017 13/06/2020 Road Puckeridge N 1.500 29 2 27 0 2 -2 29 0 29 12 17 12 27 Detailed permission not Shenley, 3/17/1705/FUL started N 11/01/2018 11/01/2021 Cambridge Road Puckeridge Y 0.270 9 1 8 0 0 0 9 1 8 8 0 -1 5 4 8 Land At Railway Detailed Meadow, London permission not Road, Spellbrook, 3/16/2331/FUL started N 12/12/2016 12/12/2019 CM23 4AU Spellbrook N 0.470 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 7 0 7 7

The Spinney, Detailed Hoddesdon Road, permission not Stanstead Abbotts, Stanstead Abbotts 3/17/0274/FUL started N 21/03/2017 21/03/2020 SG12 8EJ & St Margarets Y 0.220 6 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 6 6 0 6 6 Detailed permission not 3/17/0552/FUL started N 04/07/2017 04/07/2020 17 High Road Stapleford N 0.260 7 0 7 0 0 0 7 0 7 7 0 3 4 7 Detailed Land south of permission not Froghall Lane, 3/17/1749/REM started N 01/02/2018 01/02/2021 Walkern Walkern N 3.980 85 0 85 0 0 0 85 0 85 85 0 30 35 20 85 Detailed Land Adjoining, permission not Sacombe Road, 3/17/1086/VAR started N 28/02/2018 28/02/2021 Waterford Waterford Y 0.920 8 0 8 0 0 0 8 0 8 8 0 8 8 Land South of Development in Martlets, Hunsdon 3/16/1164/FUL progress N 18/10/2017 18/10/2020 Road Widford N 0.860 18 0 18 0 0 0 18 0 18 13 5 13 18 Detailed Wayside, High permission not Street, Widford, 3/17/1592/FUL started N 13/09/2017 13/09/2020 Ware Widford N 0.660 5 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 5 5

Extant Planning Permissions on Small Sites R/O 6-10 High Development in Street, Basbow 3/14/1004/FP progress N 31/07/2014 31/07/2017 Lane Bishop's Stortford Y 0.000 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/14/1750/FP progress N 04/12/2014 04/12/2017 16, Maple Avenue Bishop's Stortford Y 1.000 2 1 1 0 1 -1 2 0 2 1 1 1 1 Development in 3/07/1719/FP progress N 08/10/2007 08/10/2010 72 South Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.022 3 0 3 2 0 2 1 0 1 0 1 3 3/11/0441/FP Development in 3/16/1076/VAR progress N 09/05/2011 09/05/2014 79 Haymeads Lane Bishop's Stortford Y 0.400 4 1 3 1 1 0 3 0 3 2 1 2 3 Development in R/O 35 London 3/12/0198/FP progress N 04/04/2012 04/04/2015 Road Bishop's Stortford N 0.023 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 Development in 3/04/1072/FP progress N 26/07/2004 26/07/2009 13 Elizabeth Road Bishop's Stortford Y 0.048 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/04/1461/FP progress N 21/10/2004 21/10/2009 9-11 Northgate End Bishop's Stortford Y 0.009 2 1 1 0 1 -1 2 0 2 0 2 1 Development in Thorley Wash 3/13/1723/PO progress N 18/11/2013 30/05/2016 Barns Bishop's Stortford Y 0.146 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 Development in 3/16/2827/FUL progress N 15/02/2017 15/02/2020 100 Rye Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.065 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/15/0513/FUL progress N 08/05/2015 08/05/2018 8-12 High Street, Bishop's Stortford Y 0.025 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed permission not R/O, 25-27 Potter 3/15/1406/FUL started N 17/09/2015 17/09/2018 Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.052 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Wickham Cottage Development in and Hulver, Dane 3/17/1776/FUL progress N 15/02/2018 15/02/2021 O'coys Road Bishop's Stortford N 0.24 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 Detailed permission not 21 Maze Green 3/15/2321/FUL started N 15/01/2016 15/01/2019 Road, Bishop's Stortford Y 0.07 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not 3/15/2366/FUL started N 28/01/2016 28/01/2019 66 South Street, Bishop's Stortford Y 0.048 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 Detailed 3/15/2512/FUL permission not Gable End, Avenue 3/18/0410/FUL started N 31/03/2016 31/03/2019 Road Bishop's Stortford Y 0.31 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 -1 1 0 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Detailed permission not Cherry Trees, 3/16/1946/FUL started N 26/06/2017 26/06/2020 Whitehall Lane Bishop's Stortford N 0.075 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed 11A Snowley permission not Parade, Manston 3/16/1518/FUL started N 23/08/2016 23/08/2019 Drive Bishop's Stortford Y 0.006 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 -1 2 1 Detailed permission not 20 Stansted Road, 3/16/1750/FUL started N 23/09/2016 23/09/2019 Birchanger Bishop's Stortford N 0.107 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/17/0770/FUL progress N 07/06/2017 07/06/2020 9 Plaw Hatch Close Bishop's Stortford N 0.12 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Land Adjacent To Development in 50, Elizabeth Road, 3/16/1175/FUL progress N 26/01/2017 26/01/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.010 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Land Adj, 42 Detailed Zambesi Road, 3/16/2171/FUL permission not Bishops Stortford, 3/17/1510/FUL started N 21/03/2017 21/03/2020 CM23 3JR Bishop's Stortford N 0.054 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed 13 Rye Street, permission not Bishops Stortford, 3/16/2231/FUL started N 28/11/2016 28/11/2019 CM23 2HA Bishop's Stortford Y 0.050 3 1 2 0 0 0 3 1 2 3 -1 3 2

Detailed 30 Northgate End, permission not Bishops Stortford, 3/16/2453/FUL started N 30/05/2017 30/05/2020 CM23 2EU Bishop's Stortford Y 0.027 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4

Abbeyfield House, Detailed Cricketfield Lane, permission not Bishops Stortford, 3/16/2645/FUL started N 24/01/2017 24/01/2020 CM23 2SR Bishop's Stortford Y 0.091 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Cherry Trees, 3/16/1946/FUL started N 26/06/2017 26/06/2020 Whitehall Lane Bishop's Stortford N 0.075 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/17/1108/FUL started N 20/07/2017 20/07/2020 104 Scott Road Bishop's Stortford N 0.040 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Land Rear of 37 3/17/0720/FUL started N 21/07/2017 21/07/2020 Rochford Road Bishop's Stortford N 0.030 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed 3/17/1372/FUL permission not 3/17/2410/FUL started N 08/08/2017 08/08/2020 1 Pyors Close Bishop's Stortford N 0.042 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Greenacre, Pine 3/17/1288/FUL started N 11/08/2017 11/08/2020 Grove Bishop's Stortford Y 0.390 4 1 3 0 1 -1 4 0 4 2 2 2 3 Detailed permission not 3/17/1471/FUL started N 17/08/2017 17/08/2020 1-3 High Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.015 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed 3/17/0401/FUL permission not 1 Maple Close, 3/18/1328/VAR started N 13/11/2017 13/11/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.124 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 -1 1 0 Detailed 10A Southmill permission not Road, Bishops 3/17/0652/FUL started N 09/11/2017 09/11/2020 Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.100 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 2 Waytemore Road, 3/17/1120/FUL started N 29/09/2017 29/09/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford N 0.015 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 6 Rhodes Avenue, 3/17/1163/FUL started N 01/09/2017 01/09/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.016 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 -1 2 1 Detailed permission not 223 London Road, 3/17/1255/FUL started N 27/09/2017 27/09/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.043 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2

Detailed Land West Of 35

Page 173 Page permission not Benhooks Avenue, 3/17/1692/FUL started N 06/10/2017 06/10/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford N 0.025 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 58 Dunmow Road, 3/17/1896/FUL started N 15/11/2017 15/11/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.012 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Page 174 Page

Detailed Land adj, 12 permission not Chestnut Close, 3/17/1951/FUL started N 03/11/2017 03/11/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford N 0.023 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Land adj, 114 permission not Dunmow Road, 3/17/2477/FUL started N 28/11/2017 28/11/2020 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford N 0.018 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed 1-3 Kingsmead permission not Road, Bishops 3/17/2560/FUL started N 08/12/2017 08/12/2020 Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.120 4 2 2 0 0 0 4 2 2 2 0 -2 2 2 2 Detailed permission not 23 Northgate End, 3/18/0203/FUL started N 15/03/2018 15/03/2021 Bishops Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 0.004 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 The Old Lime Detailed Works, Farnham permission not Road, Bishop's 3/14/0395/FP started N 08/05/2017 08/05/2020 Stortford Bishop's Stortford Y 3.430 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/10/0815/FP progress N 09/07/2010 09/07/2013 59 High Street Buntingford Y 0.128 4 1 3 0 0 0 4 1 3 2 1 2 3 Development in 3/12/0944/FP progress N 30/07/2012 30/07/2015 34 High Street Buntingford Y 0.051 4 0 4 3 0 3 1 0 1 0 1 4 Development in Land off Tylers 3/13/0074/FP progress N 13/11/2013 13/11/2016 Close Buntingford N 0.027 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/15/2511/FUL started N 11/02/2016 11/02/2019 5 The Folly Buntingford Y 0.049 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 -1 2 1 Detailed Rib House, permission not Aspenden Road, 3/17/1395/FUL started N 28/09/2017 28/09/2020 Buntingford Buntingford N 0.157 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/16/1794/FUL started N 30/09/2016 30/09/2019 22A High Street Buntingford Y 0.006 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Land adj, 4 Mill permission not Cottages, Hare 3/17/1871/FUL started N 30/10/2017 30/10/2020 Street Road Buntingford N 0.042 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in R/O, 23 The 3/17/0267/VAR progress N 15/03/2016 15/03/2019 Avenue, Hertford N 0.100 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Development in 87 & R/O 87-89 3/08/1033/FP progress N 08/08/2008 08/08/2011 Railway Street Hertford Y 0.062 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 0 4 4 3/11/0996/RP, Development in 3/14/0726/RP progress N 17/08/2011 17/08/2014 65-67 North Road Hertford Y 0.119 3 1 2 0 1 -1 3 0 3 0 3 2 Development in 89-89A Railway 3/07/2364/FP progress N 15/01/2008 15/01/2011 Street Hertford Y 0.022 2 2 0 0 2 -2 2 0 2 0 2 0 Development in 3/11/0580/FP progress N 26/09/2011 26/09/2014 97-101 Fore Street Hertford Y 0.060 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 0 4 4 Development in 10 Maidenhead 3/13/0302/FN progress N 19/04/2013 19/04/2016 Street Hertford Y 0.010 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 0 4 4 Development in 5-7 Parliament 3/13/1679/FP progress N 13/11/2013 13/11/2016 Square Hertford Y 0.015 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 Development in 22-24 St Andrew 3/12/1352/FN progress N 12/10/2012 12/10/2015 Street Hertford Y 0.022 3 1 2 0 0 0 3 1 2 0 2 2 Development in Adj. 7 Hillside 3/12/1450/FP progress N 23/10/2012 23/10/2015 Terrace Hertford N 0.040 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/12/1998/FP progress N 28/01/2013 28/01/2016 20 Admiral Street Hertford Y 0.018 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 1 1 Development in R/O 132-134 3/13/1392/FP progress N 17/10/2013 17/10/2016 Bengeo Street Hertford N 0.025 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Bluecoat House, 9 3/15/0102/FP started N 01/05/2015 01/05/2018 Bluecoats Avenue Hertford Y 0.120 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Land Rear Of 5 3/15/0767/FUL started N 09/06/2015 09/06/2018 Carde Close Hertford N 0.058 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Adj, 66-68 St 3/15/2230/FUL started N 03/02/2016 03/02/2019 Andrew Street Hertford Y 0.039 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 2 2 2 4 Detailed permission not Adj, 17 Bengeo 3/15/2446/FUL started N 02/02/2016 02/02/2019 Street Hertford Y 0.036 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Priory House, 2 3/16/0226/FUL started N 24/03/2016 24/03/2019 Priory Street Hertford Y 0.021 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Development in Basement, 83 3/16/0483/FUL progress N 22/04/2016 22/04/2019 Railway Street Hertford Y 0.010 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 3/16/1727/FUL Development in 3/17/1691/VAR progress N 28/09/2016 28/09/2019 13 The Avenue Hertford Y 0.063 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Detailed permission not 3/14/2048/RP started N 28/05/2015 28/05/2018 145 North Road Hertford Y 0.048 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/16/0435/FUL started N 20/04/2016 20/04/2019 19 Great Molewood Hertford Y 0.141 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 -1 1 0 Camps Hill Detailed Bungalow, North permission not Road, Hertford, 3/15/0726/FUL started N 14/07/2015 14/07/2018 SG14 1NE Hertford Y 0.143 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 -1 2 1

Detailed The Grove, 54 Port permission not Vale, Hertford, 3/16/2420/FUL started N 04/01/2017 04/01/2020 SG14 3AB Hertford Y 0.113 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 5A Highfield Road, 3/16/2480/FUL started N 24/05/2017 24/05/2020 Hertford, SG13 8BH Hertford Y 0.100 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 -1 1 0 The Stable House, Development in 2C Priory Street, 3/16/2709/ODPN progress N 19/01/2017 19/01/2020 Hertford, Hertford Y 0.015 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 Development in 73 Queens Road, 3/17/0768/FUL progress N 05/06/2017 05/06/2020 Hertford, Hertford Y 0.060 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Detailed permission not 120 North Road, 3/17/0674/FUL started N 12/05/2017 12/05/2020 Hertford, SG14 2BZ Hertford Y 0.090 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 -1 1 0

Detailed Longhope Farm, 3/16/1851/SDDP permission not 190 North Road, N started N 04/10/2016 04/10/2019 Hertford, SG14 2PJ Hertford Y 0.010 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 15 Goldings Hall, Detailed Goldens Way , permission not Hertford, SG14 3/16/2060/FUL started N 03/11/2016 03/11/2019 2WH Hertford Y 0.400 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 -1 2 1 Land Rear Of The White Horse, 234 Development in Hertingfordbury 3/17/0808/FUL progress N 25/05/2017 25/05/2020 Road, Hertford Hertford N 0.200 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Rayham House, 3/17/1112/FUL started N 06/07/2017 06/07/2020 65A Ware Road Hertford Y 0.030 4 1 3 0 0 0 4 1 3 3 0 -1 4 3 Detailed permission not 3/17/1291/FUL started N 14/08/2017 14/08/2020 20 Glebe Road Hertford N 0.037 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 35 Liberty Close, 3/17/2809/FUL started N 25/01/2018 25/01/2021 Hertford Hertford Y 0.050 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not 1A Dicker Mill, 3/17/2143/ODPN started N 08/11/2017 08/11/2020 Hertford Hertford Y 0.010 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Unit 14 Dicker Mill, 3/17/2144/ODPN started N 08/11/2017 08/11/2020 Hertford Hertford Y 0.010 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed permission not Land Adj 145 North 3/17/1927/FUL started N 06/10/2017 06/10/2020 Road Hertford N 0.048 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Land Rear Of 18, permission not Glebe Road, 3/18/0069/FUL started N 01/03/2018 01/03/2021 Hertford Hertford N 0.023 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Land Adj. To 202, permission not Hertingfordbury 3/18/0072/FUL started N 19/03/2018 19/03/2021 Road Hertford N 0.140 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Detailed permission not 190 North Road, 3/18/0103/FUL started N 14/03/2018 14/03/2021 Hertford Hertford Y 0.720 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 -1 2 1 Development in Adj. 61 Springhall 3/07/1409/FP progress N 03/09/2007 03/09/2010 Road Sawbridgeworth Y 0.087 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/07/2401/FP progress N 16/01/2008 16/01/2011 61 Springhall Road Sawbridgeworth Y 0.033 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Detailed

Page 175 Page permission not 3/15/2559/FUL started N 29/02/2016 01/03/2019 29 Knight Street Sawbridgeworth Y 0.016 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/16/0826/FUL started N 31/05/2016 31/05/2019 24 Church Walk Sawbridgeworth Y 0.039 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Page 176 Page

Detailed permission not 3/17/16592/FUL started N 10/11/2017 10/11/2020 46 Pishiobury Drive Sawbridgeworth Y 0.200 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 The Ancient Raj, Development in Knight Street, 3/18/0018/VAR progress N 05/03/2018 05/03/2021 Sawbridgeworth, Sawbridgeworth Y 0.600 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 2 2 2 4 21-23 Bell Street, Development in Sawbridgeworth, 3/16/1879/FUL progress N 19/12/2016 19/12/2019 CM21 9AR Sawbridgeworth Y 0.020 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1

Detailed 34D, London Road, permission not Sawbridgeworth, 3/16/2494/ODPN started N 04/01/2017 04/01/2020 CM21 9JS Sawbridgeworth Y 0.013 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed permission not 3/17/0973/FUL started N 19/06/2017 19/06/2020 60 Station Road Sawbridgeworth Y 0.017 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/17/1752/FUL progress N 27/09/2017 27/09/2020 32 Bullfields Sawbridgeworth Y 0.120 4 1 3 0 1 -1 4 0 4 2 2 2 3 Detailed permission not 3/17/1031/FUL started N 08/08/2017 08/08/2020 5 Bluebell Walk Sawbridgeworth Y 0.052 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 2 West Road, 3/17/0857/FUL started N 24/08/2017 24/08/2020 Sawbridgeworth Sawbridgeworth N 0.033 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed permission not 3 Duckling Lane, 3/17/2296/FUL started N 27/11/2017 27/11/2020 Sawbridgeworth Sawbridgeworth Y 0.003 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed R/O, 59 West Road, permission not Sawbridgeworth, 3/16/2193/OUT started N 17/11/2016 17/11/2019 CM21 0BN Sawbridgeworth N 0.030 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/14/1577/FP started N 22/10/2014 22/10/2017 47, Baldock Street Ware Y 0.009 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/06/0110/FP progress N 04/05/2006 04/05/2009 22 Baldock Street Ware Y 0.035 4 0 4 3 0 3 1 0 1 0 1 4 Development in 3/09/0205/FP progress N 18/09/2013 18/09/2016 77 High Street Ware Y 0.021 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed permission not 3/15/0281/FUL started N 22/04/2015 22/04/2018 59 High Street Ware Y 0.018 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Detailed permission not 31A And 33 Amwell 3/15/0346/FUL started N 17/04/2015 17/04/2018 End Ware Y 0.020 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Development in 3/15/0415/FUL progress N 29/01/2016 29/01/2019 103 New Road Ware Y 0.115 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed 3/15/1440/FUL permission not Fox Talbot House, 3/18/1664/FUL started N 03/10/2018 03/10/2021 2 Amwell End Ware Y 0.040 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Development in 3/16/0149/FUL progress N 16/03/2016 16/03/2019 23 High Street Ware Y 0.020 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2

Development in Land Adjacent To, 3/16/0313/FUL progress N 29/03/2016 29/03/2019 30 Redan Road Ware N 0.024 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Coronation Hall, 3/16/0642/FUL started N 19/05/2016 19/05/2019 Coronation Road Ware Y 0.008 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not 1st & 2nd floor, 3 3/16/1533/FUL started N 22/08/2016 22/08/2019 Baldock Street Ware Y 0.007 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 98 King George 3/16/1722/RDPN started N 12/09/2016 12/09/2019 Road Ware Y 0.018 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 1-3, The Bourne, 3/16/1039/FUL progress N 12/01/2017 12/01/2020 Ware, SG12 0PU Ware Y 0.029 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 2 2 2 4 Development in 19 Chadwell, Ware, 3/17/0036/FUL progress N 16/05/2017 16/05/2020 SG12 9JY Ware Y 0.069 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 -1 2 1 Detailed permission not 3/17/0761/FUL started N 05/06/2017 05/06/2020 38 Presdales Drive Ware N 0.123 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Detailed permission not Land adj, 25 Red 3/16/2427/FUL started N 05/06/2017 05/06/2020 House Close Ware N 0.022 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Detailed permission not 81A High Street, 3/17/2850/FUL started N 01/03/2018 01/03/2021 Ware Ware Y 0.004 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 -1 2 1 Detailed permission not Pomarium, Ware 3/17/0960/FUL started N 21/08/2017 21/08/2020 Park, Ware Ware Y 0.006 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Fairways, Westmill 3/17/2788/FUL started N 29/01/2018 29/01/2021 Road, Ware Ware Y 0.100 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0

Detailed Unit 2 - Greenleys, permission not Slough Road, 3/17/2550/ARPN started N 15/01/2018 15/01/2021 Allens Green Allens Green N 0.036 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Warrens Farm, 3/15/1805/ARPN progress N 12/05/2016 12/05/2019 Slough Road Allens Green N 0.034 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/17/1036/FUL started N 30/06/2017 30/06/2020 Elm Slough Road Allens Green Y 0.100 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed High Trees, permission not Barkway Road, 3/17/2641/FUL started N 05/01/2018 05/01/2021 Anstey Anstey Y 0.103 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0

Land To The North Detailed Of, Moor Green 3/16/2733/OUT permission not Road, Ardeley, SG2 3/18/1277/REM started N 03/02/2017 03/02/2020 7AP Ardeley Y 0.100 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Bury Grange Farm, 3/17/1997/VAR started N 09/11/2017 09/11/2020 Ardeley Ardeley N 0.300 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 1 Sunnyside Wood 3/17/2795/FUL started N 08/03/2018 08/03/2021 End, Ardeley Ardeley Y 0.190 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Land Adj, 1A 3/16/0080/FUL started N 04/04/2016 04/04/2019 Stringers Lane Aston N 0.300 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Land Adjacent To Detailed Aston Park Farm, 2 permission not Stringers Lane, 3/17/1408/FUL started N 23/08/2017 23/08/2020 Aston Aston N 0.060 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Agricultural Barn permission not Holbrook Farm, 3/17/2991/ARPN started N 05/03/2018 05/03/2021 Benington Road Aston Y 0.010 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in Ashendene Stud, 3/13/1815/FP progress N 03/12/2013 03/12/2016 White Stubbs Lane Bayford N 0.260 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Detailed permission not Brook Farm, 3/15/2343/ARPN started N 15/01/2016 15/01/2019 Bayford Road Bayford N 0.036 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 Bayfordbury Park Detailed Farm, Lower permission not Hatfield Road, 3/17/1654/FUL started N 08/09/2017 08/09/2020 Bayford Bayford N 0.080 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Bucksbury Farm, permission not Bucks Alley, 3/17/1894/ARPN started N 05/10/2017 05/10/2020 Bayford Bayford N 0.016 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Bucks Warren, 3/17/2039/FUL started N 30/10/2017 30/10/2020 Ashendene Road Bayford Y 0.400 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Flanbury Oaks Detailed Adjacent To Buck permission not Warren, Ashendene 3/18/0002/ARPN started N 21/02/2018 21/02/2021 Road Bayford Y 0.013 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Benington Old permission not House, 105 Town 3/16/1232/FUL started N 08/08/2016 08/08/2019 Lane Benington N 0.300 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Garage Site To The Development in North Of, 9 Three 3/17/0109/VAR progress N 08/03/2017 08/03/2020 Stiles, Benington Benington Y 0.121 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 3 1 3 4

Page 177 Page Detailed permission not Benington Park 3/15/0306/VAR started N 01/08/2017 01/08/2020 Farm Benington N 0.700 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 Page 178 Page

Land Adj 4 Benington Park Farm Cottages, Detailed Benington, permission not Stevenage, SG2 3/17/0307/REM started N 04/04/2017 04/04/2020 7BU Benington N 0.028 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Lingfields, 3/17/2635/FUL started N 05/01/2018 05/01/2021 Whempsted Road Benington Y 0.750 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 The Red Barn, Development in Benington Park 3/17/1326/VAR progress N 01/08/2017 01/08/2020 Farm, Benington Benington N 0.220 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed permission not Land adj, 156 Town 3/17/1981/FUL started N 06/11/2017 06/11/2020 Lane, Benington Benington N 0.088 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Benington Park permission not Farm, Benington, 3/18/0170/FUL started N 21/03/2018 21/03/2021 Stevenage Benington Y 0.050 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 18 Bury Lane, 3/16/2843/FUL progress N 16/02/2017 16/02/2020 Bramfield Bramfield Y 0.049 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2

Detailed Land adj. permission not Causeway House, 3 3/16/1317/FUL started N 20/09/2016 21/09/2019 Church End Braughing N 0.240 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Ideal Farm, Friars 3/17/1949/REM progress N 08/12/2017 08/12/2020 Road Braughing N 1.270 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Detailed permission not Church Hall North 3/17/2927/FUL started N 16/02/2018 16/02/2021 Of, 10 Green End Braughing Y 0.026 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Woodlands, Friars 3/11/1282/FP progress N 12/10/2011 12/10/2014 Road Braughing Friars Y 1.500 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Jepps Farm, Detailed Mangrove Lane, permission not Brickendon, SG13 3/16/1613/ARPN started N 07/02/2017 07/02/2020 8QJ Brickendon N 0.025 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Long Leys, 3/15/2476/FUL started N 08/02/2016 08/02/2019 Fanshaws Lane Brickendon N 0.134 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Dalmonds Wood Development in Farm, Mangrove 3/16/0869/FUL progress N 06/06/2016 06/06/2019 Lane Brickendon N 0.151 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Edwards Green Farm, Brickendon Development in Lane, Brickendon, 3/16/0450/ARPN progress N 01/11/2016 01/11/2019 SG13 8NT Brickendon N 0.006 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Sewards Barn, 3/17/0782/FUL started N 07/06/2017 07/06/2020 Brickendon Lane Brickendon N 0.120 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Agricultural Barn, permission not East of Brickendon 3/16/2506/ARPN started N 29/06/2017 29/06/2020 Lane Brickendon Y 0.830 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Dalmonds, Development in Mangrove Lane, 3/17/1743/ARPN progress N 18/09/2017 18/09/2020 Brickendon Brickendon N 0.560 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3

Development in The Kennels, White 3/17/1515/FUL progress N 05/10/2017 05/10/2020 Stubbs Lane Broxbourne Y 0.200 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed Woodside Barn, permission not Broxbourne 3/15/2038/ARPN started N 21/06/2016 21/06/2019 Common Broxbourne N 0.216 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed 35 Burnham Green permission not Road, Burnham 3/16/2000/FUL started N 15/12/2016 15/12/2019 Green, AL6 0NL Burnham Green Y 0.185 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0

94 Burnham Green Detailed Road, Burnham permission not Green, Welwyn, 3/16/1901/ARPN started N 12/05/2017 12/05/2020 AL6 0NQ Burnham Green N 0.016 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

43 Burnham Green Development in Road, Burnham 3/17/1573/FUL progress N 08/09/2017 08/09/2020 Green, Welwyn Burnham Green Y 0.090 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Detailed White Horse Farm, 3/17/2611/VAR permission not White Horse Lane, 3/18/1565/VAR started N 21/12/2017 21/12/2020 Burnham Green Burnham Green Y 0.190 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Detailed Crouchfield Farm, 3/17/2521/SDDP permission not Wadesmill Road, N started N 18/12/2017 18/12/2020 Chapmore End Chapmore end Y 0.020 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Farthing Hall Development in Stables, Cole 3/17/2495/FUL progress N 29/11/2017 29/11/2020 Green Cole Green Y 1.260 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Development in 3/06/0423/FP progress N 26/04/2006 26/04/2009 Dowsetts Farm Colliers End N 0.468 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 Development in Bancroft 3/11/1131/FP progress N 17/08/2011 17/08/2014 Farmhouse Cottered N 0.170 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Garden House, 3/17/1926/FUL started N 15/11/2017 15/11/2020 Cottered Cottered Y 1.000 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not Barn At, Warren 3/18/0048/ARPN started N 06/03/2018 06/03/2021 Lane, Cottered Cottered Y 0.050 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Cromer Hall Bungalow, White Development in Hill, Cromer, SG2 3/16/1787/FUL progress N 07/10/2016 07/10/2019 7QA Cromer Y 0.100 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Development in 3/08/0950/FP progress N 30/07/2008 30/07/2011 2 Easington Road Dane End Y 0.045 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Whitehill Farm, 3/17/0082/ARPN started N 23/02/2017 23/02/2020 Whitehill, Dane End Dane End N 0.045 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed permission not Land Adj 95 3/17/2650/FUL started N 04/01/2018 04/01/2021 Datchworth Green Datchworth N 0.073 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed Land Adj Cherry permission not Tree Hall, 19 3/15/2408/FUL started N 26/02/2016 26/02/2019 Datchworth Green Datchworth N 0.520 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 9 Burnham Green 3/17/2119/FUL started N 02/11/2017 02/11/2020 Road, Datchworth Datchworth Y 0.180 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed 37 And 39, permission not Bramfield Road, 3/17/2680/FUL started N 02/03/2018 02/03/2021 Datchworth Datchworth Y 0.090 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 -1 2 1 Detailed Swallowfield Farm, permission not Epping Green, 3/16/0977/ARPN started N 22/02/2017 22/02/2020 SG13 8NB Epping Green N 0.099 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not 3/17/1306/FUL started N 02/08/2017 02/08/2020 The Beehive Epping Green Y 0.260 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed 3/15/2447/OUT permission not The Spinney, 3/17/2662/FUL started N 02/03/2018 02/03/2021 Whitebarns Lane Furneux Pelham N 0.116 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed The Bower House, permission not The Street, Furneux 3/17/0530/FUL started N 27/04/2017 27/04/2020 Pelham Furneux Pelham Y 0.440 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Detailed Dingley Dell, The permission not Street, Furneux 3/17/0632/FUL started N 07/12/2017 07/12/2020 Pelham Furneux Pelham Y 0.150 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not Land Adjacent, 3/17/2369/FUL started N 30/11/2017 30/11/2020 Hillside, The Street Furneux Pelham N 0.085 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed Pole Hole Farm, permission not Pye Corner Gilston, 3/16/2785/ARPN started N 07/04/2017 07/04/2020 Gilston, CM20 2RP Gilston N 0.320 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed 3/17/2976/SDDP permission not Pole Hole Farm, N started N 15/02/2018 15/02/2021 Pye Corner, Gilston Gilston Y 0.030 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Detailed

Page 179 Page permission not Holly Gate, 3/15/2520/FUL started N 02/03/2016 02/03/2019 Cautherly Lane Great Amwell Y 0.207 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Development in 3/16/0440/FUL progress N 26/04/2016 26/04/2019 50 Pepper Hill Great Amwell Y 0.073 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Page 180 Page

Detailed permission not 3/16/1627/FUL started N 30/08/2016 30/08/2019 37 Lower Road Great Amwell Y 0.040 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed Land Rear Of 12, permission not Gypsy Lane, Great 3/16/2503/FUL started N 04/01/2017 04/01/2020 Amwell, SG12 9RN Great Amwell Y 0.070 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in Van Hages Garden 3/90/0594/FP progress N 23/03/1991 23/09/1996 Centre, Amwell Hill Great Amwell Y 0.006 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Hillside Farm, 3/16/0716/FUL started N 22/09/2016 22/09/2019 Hillside Lane Great Amwell Y 0.370 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 2 1 3

Detailed 1 The Firs Amwell permission not Hill, Great Amwell, 3/17/0567/FUL started N 11/05/2017 11/05/2020 SG12 9RG Great Amwell N 0.110 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in Land At The Rear 3/17/1619/FUL progress N 13/09/2017 13/09/2020 Of 10 Gypsy Lane Great Amwell N 0.073 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Land To Rear Of, 3/17/2074/FUL progress N 30/10/2017 30/10/2020 19 Gypsy Lane Great Amwell N 0.086 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Land Adjacent To permission not Byfield Nursery, 3/17/1911/OUT started N 25/10/2017 25/10/2020 Gypsy Lane Great Amwell Y 0.047 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Land Rear Of 8 3/17/1735/OUT started N 15/09/2017 15/09/2020 Gypsy Lane Great Amwell N 0.070 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Great Munden permission not Chapel, Manor 3/16/0370/FUL started N 29/03/2016 29/03/2019 Cottage, Nasty Great Munden Y 0.020 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in Cowley Croft, Mill 3/14/2123/FP progress N 22/01/2015 22/01/2015 Farm, Mentley Lane Great Munden Y 0.800 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Detailed Springle Farm, permission not Springle House, 3/17/1611/ARPN started N 31/08/2017 31/08/2020 Springle Lane Hailey N 0.010 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Woolston Farm, 3/16/1668/FUL progress N 28/09/2016 28/09/2019 The Street Haultwick N 0.047 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Development in Land adj, Kenton 3/15/0040/FP progress N 22/07/2015 22/07/2018 House Hare Street Y 0.037 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Land Adj, Elm permission not Cottage, Hare 3/17/2446/REM started N 05/01/2018 05/01/2021 Street Hare Street N 0.180 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3

Detailed Hare Street permission not Garage, Hare 3/17/1862/OUT started N 04/12/2017 04/12/2020 Street , Buntingford Hare Street Y 0.100 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Development in Quinbury Farm, 3/14/1204/FP progress N 21/08/2014 21/08/2017 Hay Street Hay Street Y 0.602 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Detailed permission not The Barn Hay 3/17/2849/ARPN started N 05/02/2018 05/02/2021 House, Hay Street Hay Street Y 0.020 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed permission not Land adj, 60 3/15/1288/FUL started N 19/08/2015 19/08/2018 Woodland Road Hertford Heath N 0.020 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Land Rear Of 57 3/16/1372/FUL started N 22/08/2016 22/08/2019 Mount Pleasant Hertford Heath N 0.083 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Adj. To Storage permission not Land, Rear of 2 3/16/1572/FUL started N 21/09/2016 21/09/2019 London Road Hertford Heath N 0.080 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 2 2 4 Adj 2 + R/O 2-10 Development in The Roundings, 3/09/1115/FP progress N 07/10/2009 07/10/2012 Hertford Heath Hertford Heath Y 0.133 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Haileybury Motor Works Limited, Detailed College Road, 3/16/2187/OUT permission not Hertford Heath, 3/18/1683/REM started N 07/12/2016 07/12/2019 SG13 7PU Hertford Heath Y 0.053 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Cattle Barn, Elbow Development in Lane Farm, Elbow 3/15/2015/ARPN progress N 09/06/2016 09/06/2019 Lane Hertford Heath N 0.260 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Detailed Homestead Farm, permission not Elbow Lane, 3/17/1535/FUL started N 07/09/2017 07/09/2020 Hertford Heath Hertford Heath N 0.056 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in 232 Hertingfordbury 3/10/1890/FP progress N 17/08/2011 17/08/2014 Road Hertingfordbury Y 0.240 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Stoney Field, 20 St Detailed Marys Lane, permission not Hertingfordbury, 3/10/0033/FUL started N 01/03/2017 01/03/2020 SG14 2LE Hertingfordbury Y 0.302 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 Stoney Field, 20 St Development in Marys Lane, 3/17/2097/FUL progress N 06/11/2017 06/11/2020 Hertingfordbury Hertingfordbury Y 0.300 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 West Barn, Great Detailed Barwick Manor, permission not Barwick, High 3/16/2855/FUL started N 13/04/2017 13/04/2020 Cross, SG11 1DB High Cross Y 0.134 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Land Adj The permission not Bungalow, High 3/17/0503/FUL started N 31/08/2017 31/08/2020 Road High Cross Y 0.082 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed Helmer And Dyer permission not Ltd, High Wych 3/16/0850/VAR started N 02/06/2016 02/06/2019 Lane High Wych Y 0.300 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Carters Farm, Fryars Lane, High Detailed Wych, permission not Sawbridgeworth, 3/17/0344/FUL started N 07/04/2017 07/04/2020 CM21 0LB High Wych Y 0.870 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Concrete Barn, permission not Tharbies Farm, 3/17/2755/ARPN started N 02/01/2018 02/01/2021 Rook End High Wych N 0.051 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed permission not 3/15/0224/FUL started N 15/09/2015 15/09/2018 Howe Green Hall Howe Green Y 0.529 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 1 & 2 Halfway Development in House Cottages, 3/06/1094/FP progress N 27/07/2006 27/07/2009 Stanstead Road Hunsdon Y 0.149 2 2 0 1 2 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Buryholme, Development in Hunsdonbury Lane, 3/14/1121/FP progress N 17/09/2014 17/09/2017 Hunsdon Hunsdon Y 0.400 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Little Spellars, permission not Acorn Street, 3/17/1236/OUT started N 28/09/2017 28/09/2020 Hunsdon Hunsdon Y 0.220 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Former Grain Barn, permission not Arches Hall Stud, 3/17/2358/ARPN started N 08/12/2017 08/12/2020 Latchford Latchford N 0.090 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed First Letty Green 3/15/0844/FUL permission not Scout Hall, Pipers 3/18/1051/FUL started N 11/08/2015 11/08/2018 End Letty Green Y 0.133 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 58 Chapel Lane, 3/17/2398/FUL progress N 14/12/2017 14/12/2020 Letty Green Letty Green Y 0.23 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0

Detailed Breach House, 8 permission not Little Berkhamsted 3/15/1385/FUL started N 30/09/2015 30/09/2018 Lane Little Berkhamsted Y 0.785 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0

Development in Former Estate Little Hadham & 3/08/1299/FP progress N 10/09/2008 10/09/2011 Office, Albury Hall Church End Y 0.287 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 Little Hadham Congregational Church, Chapel Detailed Lane, Little permission not Hadham, SG12 3/17/0126/FUL started N 12/05/2017 12/05/2020 2AB Little Hadham Y 0.060 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in Land At Millfield 3/15/0342/ARPN progress N 14/10/2015 14/10/2018 Lane, Millfield Lane Little Hadham N 0.118 3 0 3 2 0 2 1 0 1 0 1 3 Roedene Albury Development in Road, Little

3/17/2151/VAR 181 Page progress N 11/12/2017 11/12/2020 Hadham Little Hadham Y 0.079 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Lime Kiln Detailed Bungalow, Albury permission not Road, Little 3/17/2937/FUL started N 28/02/2018 28/02/2021 Hadham Little Hadham Y 0.135 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Page 182 Page

Detailed Rectory Farm, permission not Langley Lane, 3/15/0377/FUL started N 23/06/2015 23/06/2018 Meesden Meesden N 0.220 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in R/O Stablegate, 3/15/0881/FUL progress N 23/07/2015 23/07/2018 Malting Lane Much Hadham Y 0.270 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 1 1 1 2 R/O Malting Development in Cottage, Malting 3/15/0910/FUL progress N 14/07/2015 14/07/2018 Lane Much Hadham N 0.117 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 1 1 1 2 Detailed permission not 3/17/2407/FUL started N 13/12/2017 13/12/2020 Adj, 6 Windmill Way Much Hadham N 0.020 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed Ash View, Tower permission not Hill, Much Hadham, 3/17/0842/FUL started N 30/05/2017 30/05/2020 SG10 6DE Much Hadham N 0.018 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Land at 22 Windmill 3/17/1237/FUL progress N 14/08/2017 14/08/2020 Way Much Hadham N 0.029 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Warren Farm, Development in Green Tye , Much 3/16/2051/FUL progress N 08/11/2016 08/11/2019 Hadham, SG10 6JD Much Hadham N 0.060 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Springs Farm, Great Hadham Development in Road, Much 3/16/2460/FUL progress N 16/02/2017 16/02/2020 Hadham Much Hadham Y 0.865 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0

Warren Farm Green Tye, Much Development in Hadham, Much 3/17/0696/FUL progress N 22/05/2017 22/05/2020 Hadham, SG10 6JD Much Hadham N 0.610 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not The Old Nurseries, 3/17/2511/FUL started N 08/03/2018 08/03/2021 Widford Road Much Hadham Y 0.120 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Culver, Widford permission not Road, Much 3/17/1440/FUL started N 08/09/2017 08/09/2020 Hadham Much Hadham N 0.280 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Ridgemont, Widford permission not Road, Much 3/17/1570/FUL started N 29/08/2017 29/08/2020 Hadham Much Hadham Y 0.046 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not Barn At, New Barns 3/17/2034/FUL started N 06/11/2017 06/11/2020 Lane Much Hadham N 0.250 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Springs Farm, Detailed Great Hadham permission not Road, Much 3/17/2527/FUL started N 10/01/2018 10/01/2021 Hadham Much Hadham Y 0.100 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Old Hall, St 3/13/1233/FP progress N 04/09/2013 04/09/2016 Edmunds College Old Hall Green Y 0.021 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 Development in 3/13/0840/FP progress N 23/07/2013 23/07/2016 1 & 2 Farm Lane Old Hall Green Y 0.113 4 2 2 0 0 0 4 2 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed permission not Glen Leigh, Levens 3/16/0594/FUL started N 11/05/2016 11/05/2019 Green Old Hall Green Y 0.209 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Development in The Honey Barn, 3/16/2714/FUL progress N 10/03/2017 10/03/2020 Perry Green, Perry Green N 0.098 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed Ribdale, Barwick permission not Lane, Barwick, 3/16/1289/FUL started N 14/10/2016 14/10/2019 SG11 1PN Puckeridge Y 0.010 1 1 0 0 1 -1 1 0 1 0 1 0 Detailed permission not 47 Buntingford 3/17/2962/FUL started N 23/02/2018 23/02/2021 Road Puckeridge N 0.050 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Warehouse, Kings Detailed Yard, Shelton 3/17/1636/SDDP permission not Green, Buntingford N started N 08/09/2017 08/09/2020 Road Puckeridge Y 0.070 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed Offices, Kings Yard, permission not Shelton Green, 3/17/1637/ODPN started N 08/09/2017 08/09/2020 Buntingford Road Puckeridge Y 0.022 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed Gloren Oaks, permission not Sacombe Green, 3/17/2540/FUL started N 21/12/2017 21/12/2020 Sacombe Sacombe Y 0.170 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Land South Of Development in Spellbrook House, 3/16/1286/FUL progress N 05/08/2016 05/08/2019 London Road Spellbrook N 0.230 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed Land adj Farlea, permission not Spellbrook Lane 3/17/2018/FUL started N 06/11/2017 06/11/2020 West Spellbrook N 0.164 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed Spellbrook Farm, permission not London Road, 3/17/2791/FULL started N 23/01/2018 23/01/2021 Spellbrook Spellbrook Y 0.290 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Development in Land Adjacent, 3/14/0211/FP progress N 30/01/2015 30/01/2018 Lilymead, Mill End Standon N 0.100 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1

Dutch Barn Barwick Farm, Barwick Detailed Road, Barwick, permission not Standon, SG11 3/16/0914/ARPN started N 03/04/2017 03/04/2020 1DB Standon N 0.093 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2

Development in R/O Cotta, Hadham 3/14/1676/FP progress N 10/11/2014 10/11/2017 Road, Standon, Standon N 0.060 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Kasteel, Well Pond 3/17/1900/FUL started N 10/01/2018 10/01/2021 Green, Standon Standon Y 0.900 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 -1 2 1 Detailed permission not Land At Springfield, 3/17/2121/FUL started N 14/11/2017 14/11/2020 Hadham Road Standon N 0.126 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Land To The Rear Development in Of 45-49 Stanstead Abbotts 3/16/1407/FUL progress N 16/08/2016 16/08/2019 Hoddesdon Road & St Margarets N 0.076 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 Adj. To 353, Detailed Hoddesdon Road, permission not St Margarets, EN11 Stanstead Abbotts 3/16/2565/FUL started N 16/01/2017 16/01/2020 0QW & St Margarets Y 0.180 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Land Adj. To, 3 Detailed Maple Side Ginns permission not Road, Stocking 3/17/2955/FUL started N 15/02/2018 15/02/2021 Pelham Stocking Pelham N 0.049 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Land adj, 74 Upper 3/17/0836/VAR started N 29/06/2017 29/06/2020 Green Road Tewin N 0.180 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Land Rear Of 16A, Development in Hertford Road, 3/17/0746/FUL progress N 25/05/2017 25/05/2020 Tewin Tewin N 0.180 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 1 1 1 2 Detailed 17, Firs Walk, permission not Tewin Wood , 3/16/2167/FUL started N 16/01/2017 16/01/2020 Tewin, AL6 0NY Tewin Y 0.220 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not Land Adjacent to 3/17/1192/FUL started N 14/07/2017 14/07/2020 49, Upper Green Tewin N 0.089 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Warrengate Farm, 3/16/1240/FUL started N 22/07/2016 22/07/2019 Money Hole Lane Tewin Y 0.200 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed Marden Dairy Farm, permission not Archers Green 3/16/1498/FUL started N 19/09/2016 19/09/2019 Lane Tewin N 0.520 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Agricultural building & land rear of, Development in Upper Green, 3/14/0810/PR progress N 13/06/2014 13/06/2017 Tewin Tewin Y 0.373 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Detailed 3/15/2112/FUL permission not Broadfield Hall, 3/18/1702/FUL started N 21/12/2015 21/12/2018 Broadfield Throcking Y 1.001 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Detailed permission not Clinton, Poles Lane, 3/17/2108/FUL started N 07/11/2017 07/11/2020 Thundridge Thundridge Y 0.300 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in 3/10/0572/FO progress N 24/05/2010 24/05/2013 Home Farm Wadesmill N 0.327 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 0 3 3 Detailed East Barn, Home

Page 183 Page permission not Farm, Wadesmill, 3/16/1431/FUL started N 09/02/2017 09/02/2020 SG12 0TZ Wadesmill Y 0.085 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Development in 3/17/1729/FUL progress N 04/10/2017 04/10/2020 R/O, 80 High Street Walkern Y 0.160 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Page 184 Page

Detailed Land Adj, 29 Moors permission not Ley, Walkern, SG2 3/16/0526/FUL started N 29/04/2016 29/04/2019 7NQ Walkern N 0.026 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

12 And 14 Winters Detailed Lane, Walkern, 3/16/1855/OUT permission not Stevenage, SG2 3/18/1155/FUL started N 24/05/2017 24/05/2020 7NZ Walkern N 0.490 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Walkern Post Detailed Office, 79 High permission not Street, Walkern, 3/17/0242/FUL started N 31/03/2017 31/03/2020 SG2 7NT Walkern Y 0.143 3 1 2 0 0 0 3 1 2 3 -1 3 2 Detailed Land Adjacent To permission not 36 High Street, 3/16/2743/FUL started N 11/09/2017 11/09/2020 Walkern Walkern N/A 0.027 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed permission not Land At, Winters 3/17/1225/FUL started N 09/01/2018 09/01/2021 Lane, Walkern Walkern Y 0.384 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Detailed Bridgefoot Farm permission not Barns, Church End, 3/17/2896/FUL started N 09/02/2018 09/02/2021 Walkern Walkern N 0.120 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not The Paddocks, 6 3/17/1924/FUL started N 11/10/2017 11/10/2020 Waterford Common Waterford Y 0.180 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0

Development in Land Adjacent to, 8 3/16/1227/FUL progress N 25/07/2016 25/07/2019 and 10 School Lane Watton-at-Stone Y 0.072 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Ballacraine, 3/15/0847/FUL progress N 19/06/2015 19/06/2018 Walkern Road Watton-at-Stone Y 0.072 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 3/15/0833/FUL Development in 3/18/0501/VAR progress N 24/06/2015 24/06/2018 Mill House Ware Park N 0.284 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3 Detailed permission not Morley Hall, 3/17/1793/FUL started N 22/09/2017 22/09/2020 Wareside Wareside N/A 0.560 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in Garage Site Rear 3/15/1044/FUL progress N 01/07/2016 01/07/2019 Of, 3 Pilgrims Row Westmill Y 0.012 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Development in Priory Farm House, 3/16/0532/FUL progress N 26/05/2016 26/05/2019 High Street Widford N 0.086 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Development in Greenacres, Ware 3/15/2055/FUL progress N 07/06/2016 07/06/2019 Road Widford N 0.000 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 1 1 1 2

Land adj Detailed Greenacres, Ware 3/16/2693/FUL permission not Road, Widford, 3/18/1264/VAR started N 02/03/2017 02/03/2020 SG12 8RL Widford N 0.048 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Detailed Widfordbury Farm, permission not Ware Road, 3/17/0002/FUL started N 27/04/2017 27/04/2020 Widford, SG12 8RL Widford N 0.940 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Detailed Long Meadow, permission not Ware Road, 3/17/1008/FUL started N 14/03/2018 14/03/2021 Widford Widford Y 4.900 4 0 4 0 0 0 4 0 4 4 0 4 4 Corner Of Detailed Levenage Lane And permission not Hunsdon Road, 3/17/1182/FUL started N 08/09/2017 08/09/2020 Widford Widford N 0.150 3 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 3 3 0 3 3

Detailed Land Adj. To, permission not Bertrams Cottage, 3/17/1624/OUT started N 14/12/2017 14/12/2020 Stevenage Lane Widford N 0.045 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Detailed permission not Platts Bungalow, 3/17/1821/FUL started N 27/09/2017 27/09/2020 Howletts Road Widford Y 0.255 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 -1 1 0 Lambs Cottage, Development in High Street, 3/17/1960/FUL progress N 13/10/2017 13/10/2020 Widford Widford Y 0.029 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 -1 2 -1 1 Detailed 1 Ainsborough permission not Cottage, Hunsdon 3/17/2226/FUL started N 22/12/2017 22/12/2020 Road Widford Y 0.120 2 1 1 0 0 0 2 1 1 1 0 -1 2 1 Planning Current Status LP Decision Lapse Date Address Town PDL Area Gain Total Loss Total Total Gain Loss Total Gain Loss Total Number 2018/19 2019/20 2020/21 2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024-29 2029 -2033 Total Application Ref of Permission Alloc Date number of Complete Complete number of Outstanding Outstanding residual expected to Identified or Site net net number of be Supply dwellings completions dwellings completed proposed to date under in Years 1-5 constructio n, permitted/ allocated

Holborn Farm, West End Road, Wormley Development in West End, EN10 3/16/1911/ARPN progress N 10/04/2017 10/04/2020 7QN Wormley West End N 0.007 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 Development in Holborn Farm, West 3/15/0323/ARPN progress N 09/12/2015 09/12/2018 End Road Wormley West End N 0.041 2 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2

Former Cow Shed, Detailed The Chestnuts, permission not Cherry Orchard 3/17/2229/FUL started N 30/11/2017 30/11/2020 Lane Wyddial N 0.071 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1

Losses Benington Bury Development in Farm, Walkern 3/15/0279/FUL progress N 16/04/2015 16/04/2018 Road Benington Y 0.840 1 2 -1 0 0 0 1 2 -1 -1 0 -2 1 -1 Detailed permission not The Ridgeway, 3/15/2531/FUL started N 04/08/2016 04/08/2019 Hertford Hertford Y 1.460 120 122 -2 0 122 -122 120 0 120 90 30 45 45 -2 Development in 3/13/1745/FP progress N 25/11/2013 25/11/2016 42-48 Rye Street Bishop's Stortford Y 0.050 2 4 -2 0 4 -4 2 0 2 2 0 2 -2

Permission Granted Subject to S106

Full Permission Millars Three, 3/15/0524/FUL subject to S106 N Southmill Road Bishop's Stortford Y 14 0 14 0 0 0 14 0 14 14 0 14 14

The Centre Full Permission Maltings, Rear of 14 3/16/2151/FUL subject to S106 New Road, Ware Ware Y 12 0 12 0 0 0 12 0 12 12 0 12 12

District Plan Site Allocations

District Plan South of Bishop's BISH5 Allocation Y Stortford Bishop's Stortford N 750 0 750 0 0 0 750 0 750 400 0 100 100 100 100 350 750

District Plan Bishop's Stortford BISH6 Allocation Y High School Bishop's Stortford Y 150 0 150 0 0 0 150 0 150 50 0 50 100 150

District Plan BISH7 Allocation Y The Goods Yard Bishop's Stortford Y 600 0 600 0 0 0 600 0 600 600 0 60 140 140 140 120 600

District Plan BISH8 Allocation Y The Causeway Bishop's Stortford Y 100 0 100 0 0 0 100 0 100 0 0 100 100

District Plan BISH9 Allocation Y East of Manor Links Bishop's Stortford N 50 0 50 0 0 0 50 0 50 50 0 15 35 50

District Plan HERT2 Allocation Y Mead Lane Area Hertford Y 200 0 200 0 0 0 200 0 200 200 0 100 50 50 200

District Plan West of Hertford HERT3 Allocation Y (South) Hertford N 250 0 250 0 0 0 250 0 250 250 0 60 65 65 60 250

District Plan West of Hertford HERT3 Allocation Y (North) Hertford N 300 0 300 0 0 0 300 0 300 300 0 75 75 75 75 300

District Plan HERT4 Allocation Y North of Hertford Hertford N 150 0 150 0 0 0 150 0 150 50 0 20 30 100 150

District Plan HERT5 Allocation Y South of Hertford Hertford N 50 0 50 0 0 0 50 0 50 50 0 50 50

District Plan SAWB2 Allocation Y North of West Road Sawbridgeworth N 125 0 125 0 0 0 125 0 125 125 0 25 50 50 125

District Plan SAWB3 Allocation Y South of West Road Sawbridgeworth N 175 0 175 0 0 0 175 0 175 175 0 75 75 25 175

District Plan North of SAWB4 Allocation Y Sawbridgeworth Sawbridgeworth N 200 0 200 0 0 0 200 0 200 200 0 60 80 60 200

District Plan EOS1 Allocation Y East of Stevenage Stevenage N 600 0 600 0 0 0 600 0 600 600 0 100 200 200 100 600 Page 185 Page District Plan Land North and WARE2 Allocation Y East of Ware Ware N 1000 0 1000 0 0 0 1000 0 1000 200 0 100 100 800 1000

District Plan GA1 Allocation Y The Gilston Area Gilston N 3050 0 3050 0 0 0 3050 0 3050 50 0 50 1500 1500 3050 Page 186 Page

District Plan Land East of EWEL1 Allocation Y Welwyn GC Welwyn N 1350 0 1350 0 0 0 1350 0 1350 220 0 110 110 625 500 1350

SLAA Sites

Bishop's Stortford Air Cadet HQ, SLAA Site Knights Row Bishop's Stortford Y 11 0 11 0 0 0 11 0 11 11 0 11 11 Land to the rear of 37-57 Haymeads Lane, Haymeads SLAA Site Lane Bishop's Stortford N 14 0 14 0 0 0 14 0 14 14 0 7 7 14 Land at Braziers SLAA Site Field Hertford N 18 0 18 0 0 0 18 0 18 18 0 18 18

Windfall Allowance 375 75 75 75 75 75 375 375 1125

Totals 14551 230 14321 336 160 176 14215 70 14145 7729 665 1156 1759 1781 1660 1306 4567 2375 15446 Agenda Item 9

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY LEADER OF THE COUNCIL

NEIGHBOURHOOD PLANNING GUIDANCE 2019

WARD(S) AFFECTED: ALL

Purpose/Summary of Report

 To agree approval for the publication of the Neighbourhood Planning Guidance 2019.

RECOMMENDATION(S) FOR EXECUTIVE: That:

(A) The Neighbourhood Planning Guidance 2019, contained at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’, be approved for publication.

1.0 Background

1.1 Neighbourhood planning was introduced by the Government through the Localism Act 2011. Since then neighbourhood planning has been strengthened through subsequent legislation such as the Neighbourhood Planning (General) Regulations 2012 (as amended) and most recently through the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017.

1.2 Neighbourhood planning activity in East Herts has been steadily increasing since its formal introduction in 2011. Currently we have five formally adopted Neighbourhood Plans with a number of others advancing to the latter stages of the process.

1.3 Members may recall an Interim Neighbourhood Planning Page 187 Guidance Note that was produced in December 2011. Following this, in October 2014 an updated Neighbourhood Plan Guidance Note was presented to members at the District Planning Executive Panel.

1.4 It is considered appropriate timing to now update the previous Guidance Note to reflect the adoption of the District Plan and the implementation of new legislation.

2.0 Report

2.1 A copy of the Guidance document is attached at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’. This Guidance document incorporates updates brought about by new legislation and the adoption of the District Plan. The Guidance is split into 3 sections:

 Introduction  Neighbourhood Plan Process  District Plan and NPPF Impacts on Neighbourhood Planning

2.2 The structure is such that prospective Neighbourhood Plan groups should be able to understand the holistic process from start to finish. Likewise, groups that have already embarked on the process are able to find detailed assistance and guidance on East Herts specific subjects.

2.3 There is also a small section at the end which gives advice on funding and further resources available to speculative Neighbourhood Plan Groups.

3.0 Implications/Consultations

3.1 Information on any corporate issues and consultation associated with this report can be found within Essential Reference Paper ‘A’.

Background Papers Page 188 None

Contact Member: Councillor Linda Haysey – Leader of the Council [email protected]

Contact Officer: Kevin Steptoe – Head of Planning and Building Control, Tel: 01992 531407 [email protected]

Report Author: George Pavey – Principal Planning Officer, Tel: 01992 531623 george.pavey @eastherts.gov.uk

Page 189 This page is intentionally left blank ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Consultation: None

Legal: The Localism Act 2011 and The Neighbourhood Planning (General) Regulations 2012 set out the power and duties considered in this report.

It is a statutory requirement to support the preparation of neighbourhood plans and for this Council to adopt them, if supported by a referendum. Financial: The formulation of a Neighbourhood Plan, if it progresses to the stages of referenda and adoption will lead to costs for the Council. Local Planning Authorities are able to claim some financial support from the Ministry for Housing, Communities and Local Government up-to a total of £20,000 for every Neighbourhood Plan that has a referendum date. Human There will be a requirement for Planning Officers to Resource: provide advice and guidance in relation to the formulation of any Neighbourhood Plan. Risk None Management:

Health and The link between planning and health has long been wellbeing – established. The built and natural environments are issues and major determinants of health and wellbeing. impacts:

Page 191 Equality Impact No Assessment required:

Page 192 Contents

1 Background 2

2 Introduction 3 East

3 The Neighbourhood Planning Process 8 Herts 4 District Plan and NPPF impacts on Neighbourhood

23 District Planning

5 What costs are involved? 26 Plan | Neighbourhood Planning Guidance (2019)

Page 193 1 . Background

1 Background 2 1.1 Welcome to the East Herts Neighbourhood Planning Guidance – if you are reading this then you are one of thousands of people across the country that are showing an interest in the Neighbourhood Planning process.

(2019) 1.2 In order to assist your ambitions, or just help you understand the process in more detail, East Herts Council has produced an updated guidance note that introduces and summarises what you can expect should you choose to embark or participate in the Neighbourhood Plan journey with your community. Guidance

1.3 There have been over 500 Neighbourhood Plan referendums in the UK since 2011, and some 1,800 designated areas. Neighbourhood planning activity in East Herts has been steadily increasing as well. At the time of Planning writing, East Herts has formally adopted five Neighbourhood Plans and agreed 15 designated Neighbourhood Plan areas.

How to use this Guide:

1.4 This guidance note has been split into three distinct sections:

Neighbourhood Introduction to Neighbourhood Planning | This section explains the types of neighbourhood planning, what the benefits of producing a Neighbourhood Plan are and who should be Plan involved.

The Neighbourhood Plan Process

District This section explains the different stages of creating a neighbourhood plan document from the initial designation stage through to public consultation, Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA), examination, Herts referendum and final adoption.

East District Plan and NPPF Impacts on Neighbourhood Planning This section explains some of the key questions and topics that could apply to future Neighbourhood Plans within East Herts now that the District Plan has been adopted as well as the introduction of the updated NPPF.

1.5 Throughout the document we have highlighted useful external links or resources instead of including them in an Appendix at the back. This way you can use relevant external guidance and information alongside this guide. These links are included in blue boxes as demonstrated below:

For more information and updates please see the East Herts Neighbourhood Planning webpages: www.eastherts.gov.uk/neighbourhoodplanning Page 194 2 . Introduction

2 Introduction 3 What is Neighbourhood Planning? East 2.1 Neighbourhood planning gives communities the opportunity and a set of

tools to develop a shared vision and to shape the development and growth Herts of their local area. Neighbourhood planning can address a wide range of social, economic and environmental issues or it can choose to focus on a number of smaller issues. The scope and content of neighbourhood planning District is entirely up to those who are producing the plan.

2.2 Unlike previous parish or town plans that communities may have prepared, Plan a neighbourhood plan forms part of the statutory development plan and will sit alongside the East Herts District Plan when determining planning |

applications. Neighbourhood

2.3 Neighbourhood planning is a relatively new part of the planning system; it was introduced by the Government through the Localism Act 2011. Since then it has been strengthened through subsequent legislation in 2012(1) and most recently through the Neighbourhood Planning Act 2017.

2.4 Communities can use neighbourhood planning in two main ways: Planning

Neighbourhood Development Plans: Guidance Neighbourhood Development Plans (Neighbourhood Plans) set out a vision for a local area and include planning policies for the use and development of land. The advice set out in this Guidance Note relates mainly to the production of neighbourhood plans. (2019)

Neighbourhood Development Orders:

Neighbourhood Development Orders can grant planning permission for specified developments in a neighbourhood area. Once established there would be no need for anyone to apply to the Council for planning permission if it is the type of development covered by the order. This should make it easier and quicker for such development to go ahead in the future.

A Community Right to Build Order is a particular type of Neighbourhood Development Order which provides an enabling right supporting local people to undertake development so that communities are collectively owning, developing

1 Neighbourhood Planning (General) Regulations 2012 (as amended) Page 195 (http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/2012/637/contents/made) 2 . Introduction

and/or managing their own land and developments. As an alternative to the 4 traditional application for planning permission, it gives communities the power to decide for themselves what happens in their neighbourhood.

2.5 Each of these routes enables a community to set out guidance and policies

(2019) to influence development within their communities. Issues such as residential or employment development, urban design, transport, local economy, community facilities, within the community can be covered.

2.6 It is expected however that in most cases neighbourhood plans will be Guidance produced. This Guidance Note provides up-to-date support and assistance to those communities interested in creating a neighbourhood plan.

What are the benefits of developing a Neighbourhood Plan? Planning 2.7 Neighbourhood plans are community-led and can help communities to play a greater role in shaping the future of their area.

2.8 They can bring together residents, businesses, local groups, landowners and developers to share ideas and build consensus about what needs to be done in the area. Neighbourhood | 2.9 It can also help create lasting partnerships within and outside the community; for example with public service providers or local businesses. Plan 2.10 Neighbourhood plans also offer communities an opportunity to include their own local planning priorities within the wider planning system. This means

District that the neighbourhood plan would sit alongside the policies in the District Plan to guide development. For example, local planning authorities and planning inspectors must make their decisions when considering planning Herts applications or appeals in accordance with the Development Plan, unless material considerations indicate otherwise. Emerging neighbourhood plans

East can also be a material consideration in some planning decisions.

Who should be involved?

2.11 In East Herts, it is anticipated that the majority of neighbourhood plans will be initiated by town or parish councils but developed along with the rest of the community. In areas without a town or parish council, a Neighbourhood Forum would need to be set up. Sometimes the term Neighbourhood Plan Group is used to describe the lead body for the production of a neighbourhood plan.

2.12 The involvement, throughout the process, of a broad range of local stakeholders will help strengthen community support for the Plan which is essential at the referendum stage and make its implementation easier. Page 196 2 . Introduction

2.13 The following is a list of stakeholders that the Town or Parish Council may wish to consider involving in the process: 5 Residents East Elected representatives Community groups Herts Businesses Landowners Developers District

2.14 It will also be necessary to involve a range of statutory consultees including

Officers from East Herts Council, and other public sector service providers Plan such as Hertfordshire County Council as the highway authority, education authority etc. This might be to provide advice, guidance or information, or |

to comment on draft documents. The full list of consultees can be found in Neighbourhood the Neighbourhood Planning (General) Regulations 2012, Paragraph 1 of Schedule 1.

How do you develop a Neighbourhood Plan?

2.15 Section 3 of this Guidance Note is dedicated to explaining the neighbourhood

plan process and goes into detail about each stage. However, Table 1 below Planning provides a summary of the steps and milestones that a successful neighbourhood plan would go through from start to finish.

Table1: Summary of milestones in producing a neighbourhood plan Guidance

Getting Started Developing a

Vision and (2019) Objectives Developing a Plan 6-week public consultation Submit Plan to East Herts Further 6-week public consultation Independent Examination Referendum Adoption Page 197 2 . Introduction

Responsibilities: 6 2.16 Table 2 below sets out the responsibilities of the District Council and the Community in neighbourhood planning. These will be explained in greater detail in section three of this guidance document.

(2019) Table 2: The responsibilities of the District Council and the Neighbourhood Plan Group

Neighbourhood Plan Group East Herts District Councils responsibilities responsibilities Guidance The town/parish council should apply to East Herts Council for designation of a Agree the area designation following neighbourhood area and seek grant consultation with stakeholders. Planning funding advice if required.

Define the priorities and aspirations of the community in the neighbourhood Provide advice, and support during the plan. plan making process. Neighbourhood

| Confirm that the neighbourhood plan is Engage with the District Council being written in accordance with the throughout the whole neighbourhood NPPF, Development Plan documents Plan planning process for advice and support. and other relevant legislation.

District Ensure that the community is engaged Publicise the draft neighbourhood plan thoroughly when preparing the on the East Herts planning website and neighbourhood plan and undertake ensure that all consultation bodies have Herts appropriate assessments of the been notified (in accordance with ‘The neighbourhood plan. Neighbourhood Planning (General)

East regulations 2012’

Liaise with the District Council regarding Organise and fund the independent submission requirements. examination and referendum.

Adopt, if supported by the referendum, the Neighbourhood Plan as a Development Plan document and ensure that the neighbourhood plan is utilised as a material planning consideration when determining planning applications.

Page 198 2 . Introduction

The Basic Conditions: 7 2.17 Before producing a neighbourhood plan, the neighbourhood plan group

should acquaint themselves with the ‘basic conditions’ a plan is required to East meet in order to be successful at an examination. We highlight what the ‘basic conditions’ are in paragraph 3.79, however it is worth familiarising Herts yourselves before you read through the remaining sections of this guidance document in order to guide decision-making throughout the process. District

The ‘basic conditions’ as set out in the Planning Practice Guidance:

https://www.gov.uk/guidance/neighbourhood-planning--2#basic-conditions-for-neighbourhood-plan-to-referendum Plan | Neighbourhood Planning Guidance (2019)

Page 199 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3 The Neighbourhood Planning Process 8 3.1 In this section we have separated the neighbourhood plan process into 7 stages, below is a summary of the key stages in the neighbourhood plan process.

(2019) Table 3: The stages of the neighbourhood plan-making process.

Stage Getting - Get the community on board 1 Started - Establish a steering group Guidance

- Define the ‘neighbourhood area’ and apply for area designation to East Herts Council

Planning - Produce a programme for developing the plan

- Develop a communications strategy

Stage Developing a - Gather together relevant information 2 Vision and Objectives - Identify the area’s strengths and weaknesses Neighbourhood | - Draft the vision and objectives

Plan - Check for conformity with the strategic policies in the Development Plan

District - Check draft vision and objectives with the community

Herts Stage Developing - Develop policies Strategic 3 & 4 the Plan Environmental - Develop an implementation plan Assessment and East Appropriate - Finalise draft of the Assessment if Neighbourhood Plan required - Check for conformity with the strategic policies in the Development Plan

- Publicise the plan through a 6 week consultation prior to submission to East Herts Council (Reg. 14)

- Make any necessary amendments Page 200 from any received feedback 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

- Submit to East Herts Council (Reg. 15) who then undertake a six 9 week consultation (Reg. 16) East

Stage Independent - Appointment of Independent 5 Examination examiner Herts

- Examiner's report published District

- East Herts Council decides on whether the Plan goes to referendum bearing in mind the Plan Examiner's report. | Neighbourhood Stage Referendum - East Herts Council co-ordinates a local referendum 6

Stage Adoption - If the referendum indicates community support, then the 7 neighbourhood plan will be adopted by East Herts Council Planning

Stage 1: Getting Started Guidance Locality have produced a ‘Neighbourhood Plan Road Map’ and we recommend that all Neighbourhood Plan groups use this alongside the East Herts Guidance Note:

https://neighbourhoodplanning.org/wp-content/uploads/NP_Roadmap_online_full.pdf (2019)

3.2 A neighbourhood plan should be community led, with the Town or Parish Council in the driving seat. The plan depends on strong local leadership and participation to be successful.

3.3 Before work on developing the plan can commence, it will be necessary to do some initial preparation.

Getting the community on board

3.4 It is important that the community are involved in the neighbourhood planning process from the very beginning. If the community is not supportive, it will be difficult to create a plan which includes their priorities and aspirations and that ultimately gets their support at a referendum (see Stage 7). Page 201 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.5 The wider community must therefore be informed of the Town or Parish 10 Council’s intentions and be given the chance to get involved from the beginning.

This could be achieved by holding a public meeting to explain the intentions of developing a neighbourhood plan and to recruit community

(2019) volunteers to join a steering group (see below). The town or parish council could also write to local groups and businesses to notify them of their intentions and to identify the level of interest these groups may have in taking part in the neighbourhood plan (or maybe sponsoring it). Or create a page on social media to Guidance promote the neighbourhood plan.

3.6 The key to keeping the community on board is good publicity and communications at the beginning and throughout the process. It is important Planning that the relationship between the group and the Town or Parish Council is transparent to the public.

Establishing a Steering Group

3.7 In East Herts, town and parish councils are recognised as qualifying bodies and are able to produce a neighbourhood plan. Neighbourhood | 3.8 Where a Town or Parish Council decides to start work on a neighbourhood plan, they will need to set up a steering group to work with them or alongside

Plan them. Where there is a steering group, it will be the responsibility of the Town or Parish Council to submit all information to the District Council at examination. District 3.9 It is important that the steering group has representation from the Town or Parish Council and the wider community. Representation could be sought

Herts from:

East Residents Community groups Businesses Landowners

3.10 The Town or Parish Council should consider the full range of skills, knowledge and experience it requires to ensure that the team is effective. If the group is too large, it is less likely to be as effective. Neighbourhood plan steering groups often bring together a variety of skills and expertise including a degree of local knowledge.

Page 202 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.11 How the group is selected is also likely to influence the support that the neighbourhood planning process receives from the community. A selection 11 process that is fair, open and inclusive will ensure a great level of community

support. Groups are also encouraged to include as broad a cross-section East of the community as possible, including different ages and backgrounds.

3.12 If the Town or Parish Council is holding a public meeting to explain the Herts intentions of developing a neighbourhood plan then this could be an ideal

opportunity to recruit members to the steering group. District

Defining the Neighbourhood Area

3.13 The neighbourhood area is the area to which the proposed neighbourhood Plan plan will relate. The expectation in East Herts is that neighbourhood areas

will follow parish boundaries. However, a neighbourhood area can cover | Neighbourhood more than one parish if appropriate.

3.14 If the proposed neighbourhood area covers more than one parish, then consent must be sought from each of the affected Town or Parish Councils. This will also have implications for representation on the steering group and the scale of community engagement that the process will require.

3.15 A proposal for designating a neighbourhood area must be submitted by the Planning relevant Town or Parish Council to East Herts Council for approval in the early stages of developing the Neighbourhood Plan. When applying for approval, as outlined in the Neighbourhood Planning (England) Regulations 2012, it must include: Guidance

a map outlining the defined area which the Plan refers to; a statement explaining why the area is considered appropriate; and

a statement that the organisation or body making the area application (2019) is a relevant body for the purpose of section 61G of the 1990 Act.

3.16 East Herts Council is responsible for advertising the neighbourhood designation area through a 6 week public consultation. Any comments received will be taken into account when deciding whether to approve or decline the neighbourhood area.

3.17 It is the Council’s role to keep an overview of all the different requests to undertake a neighbourhood plan in the district. The Council will check that the suggested boundaries for different neighbourhoods make sense and fit together. The Council may say ‘no’ if, for example, two proposed neighbourhood areas overlap

Produce a programme for developing the plan

3.18 Before starting to work on the main activity of developing the neighbourhood plan, it is recommended that the group produces an initial programme of what it thinks will need to be done throughout the process. Page 203 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.19 In particular, it is worth thinking about: 12 What needs to be done at each stage – publicity, meetings, surveys, events?

What resources are needed to carry out these activities – people, funding,

(2019) materials?

How much time will be needed to achieve each stage of the programme?

Guidance 3.20 The programme will help the group to focus and monitor its activity and to think in particular about what funding may be required to develop the plan.

3.21 From recent experience across the country, the process of developing a

Planning neighbourhood plan takes at least 18 – 24 months.

Developing a communications strategy

3.22 In the case of developing a neighbourhood plan where the support of the community at the referendum stage is crucial to its adoption, the need to keep information flowing takes on even greater significance. Neighbourhood

| 3.23 The steering group may find it helpful to create an informal ‘communications strategy’, setting out how and when it means to communicate with the wider

Plan community and other stakeholders.

3.24 Different ways of getting messages out to the community include:

District Putting up posters

Delivering flyers/leaflets Herts Talking to neighbours, groups and businesses through workshops East Working with schools and colleges

Using IT – town/parish websites, social media, emails

Putting notices in town/parish newsletters or magazines

Contacting the local media

Stage 2: Developing a Vision and Objectives

3.25 Developing a vision and objectives with the community will be an important stage in producing the neighbourhood plan. The vision will be an overarching Page 204 statement describing what the community will be like in the future. 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.26 The objectives will set out what the community wants to achieve in order to help realise the vision. Detailed policies and actions can then follow on 13 from these objectives. East Collecting relevant information

3.27 In order to help produce the vision and objectives for the area, it will be Herts necessary for the steering group to get a clear picture of the community’s

characteristics and understand whether there are any current or emerging District proposals that will affect the area.

3.28 Community profiling will involve gathering statistical data, for example census data to help build up a social profile of the community. Plan

3.29 It may also be useful to do a stock take of all the area’s physical assets and | take note of their condition. This might include community centres, village Neighbourhood halls, playing fields, sports facilities, footpaths etc. and can be counted during an organised walk. This may help to develop a ‘neighbourhood inventory’ which can be used at a later stage.

Sustainability Appraisal, Strategic Environmental Assessment and Appropriate Assessment Planning 3.30 There is no legal requirement to undertake a Sustainability Appraisal on neighbourhood plans. However the Plan must demonstrate how it is contributing to sustainable development, and should include consideration

of the possible economic, social and environmental impacts of the emerging Guidance plan.

3.31 Neighbourhood plans may be required to undertake a Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) where plans or proposals are likely to have a significant environmental impact. The Plan may require an SEA (2019) where:

The plan allocates sites for development The neighbourhood area contains sensitive natural or heritage assets that may be affected by the proposals in the plan; The neighbourhood plan may have significant environmental effects that have not already been considered and dealt with through a sustainability appraisal of the District Plan.

3.32 At the draft stage of the neighbourhood plan, its potential environmental impact should be assessed against the criteria set out in Schedule 1 in the Environmental Assessment of Plans and Programmes Regulations 2004. East Herts Council is required to consult the statutory consultation bodies to decide whether the proposals are likely to have significant environmental effects. If an SEA is not deemed to be required, a statement of reasons will be prepared by East Herts Council and can be included in the basicPage 205 conditions statement for the Examiner. 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.33 Information is available on Locality's website to help groups decide whether 14 an SEA is required. This can be found at: https://neighbourhoodplanning.org/toolkits-and-guidance/

3.34 Where an SEA is deemed to be required, it is East Herts Council’s responsibility to ensure that all relevant regulations have been met in order

(2019) for the neighbourhood plan to progress.

3.35 Throughout the plan it will be useful to review any environmental impacts and to find ways to mitigate any negative impacts if there are any, from the proposed plans. Guidance 3.36 Appropriate Assessment follows a similar principle but will only be relevant to certain neighbourhood plans. Appropriate Assessment specifically considers the wider impacts of particular emerging policies and plans on

Planning European sites of ecological importance within the area.

Reviewing existing plans and strategies

3.37 It will also be important to gather information from any existing plans, strategies or studies that have a bearing on the community. These could include: Neighbourhood

| The East Herts District Plan 2018 as well as the Minerals and Waste Local Plans

Plan Other East Herts strategies and studies, including the East Herts Sustainable Community Strategy ‘Everyone Matters’. Previous community-led plans developed in the area, e.g. Town and

District Parish Plans. Other strategies and studies, including those produced by Hertfordshire County Council. Herts 3.38 It is important to try and understand what implications these plans, strategies

East and studies have for the community. It will be useful for the group to familiarise themselves with the policies within the District Plan so as to avoid any duplication when developing policies for the neighbourhood plan. This will ensure the policies are place specific and are tailored to the needs of the area.

3.39 The District Plan contains policies on neighbourhood planning, in particular: Policy ‘DPS5 Neighbourhood Planning’. It would be helpful for the steering group to familiarise themselves with the requirements of this policy.

Discussions with stakeholders

3.40 It will also be important for the steering group to establish contacts and have initial discussions with a range of stakeholders, to understand whether there are any other aspirations for the area that have not yet been developed into Page 206 a plan or strategy. 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.41 The group may wish to have discussions with the following: 15 Local community groups

Local businesses East Local landowners and/or their representatives Officers at East Herts Council Herts Officers at Hertfordshire County Council Representatives from other organisations, e.g. Environment Agency, Historic England, Natural England and water supply companies. District

Identify the area's strengths and weaknesses Plan 3.42 The steering group may want to speak to residents, groups and businesses about what they believe the strengths and weaknesses of the community |

are. Neighbourhood

3.43 This could be done using the following methods:

Surveys (web-based or hard copy) Community events (workshops or exhibitions) Focus group or discussion at meeting of local groups

Other methods tailored for different sectors of the community. Planning

3.44 Possible questions that could be asked by the steering group include: Guidance What are our strengths as a community?

What do we do well?

What can we improve or change in the community? (2019)

What are we missing in the community?

What do we need to do to make the community a better place to live?

What resources do we have? (people, services, land)

Draft the vision and objectives

3.45 As the neighbourhood plan will ultimately form part of the development plan (assuming it passes the examination and referendum), it would make sense for the vision to cover the same time period as that of the adopted District Plan, which runs up until 2033.

Page 207 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.46 The steering group could draft a series of vision statements, setting out 16 what it will be like to live and work in the area in 2033, or there could be one vision statement. However it is important that the vision is realistic and achievable.

3.47 A typical neighbourhood plan vision statement might include topics such

(2019) as:

What the area will look like What facilities there will be (e.g. parks, shops, schools, sports) What the social and economic outlook for the area will be Guidance 3.48 The objectives will be more specific and will set out how the vision will be achieved. For each element of the vision, there may be one or a number of objectives, depending on the different priorities of the community. Planning 3.49 If any matters arise that are not really relating to neighbourhood planning, e.g. concerns over litter, the town/parish council may wish to develop a separate action plan to deal with these wider issues.

Check for conformity with strategic policies in the Development Plan

Neighbourhood 3.50 Once the steering group has drafted a vision and objectives, it will be | important to check that they don’t stray too far from or offer a contrary position to the development plan for the area. Plan Check the draft vision and objectives with the community

3.51 It is essential to check that the community supports and has an input in at District each stage of the neighbourhood plan. There are a number of ways in which this endorsement can be sought, including: Herts Deliver copies to all households and ask for feedback Meet with community groups and ask for feedback (this would be East beneficial to engage with hard-to-reach groups) Hold a public meeting or drop-in event Publish information in the parish newsletter/magazine and ask for feedback Use social media where appropriate to promote an online feedback form

3.52 Any necessary amendments can be made before moving on to developing the detailed content of the neighbourhood plan.

Stage 3: Developing the Plan

3.53 The next stage of the process would be to begin to draft the neighbourhood plan. The detailed content will include policies, a policy map and possibly Page 208 an implementation plan for the area. 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

Writing Policies 17 3.54 The intention of neighbourhood plans should be to set out policies on the development and use of land in a neighbourhood area. In this respect, a East Neighbourhood Plan is similar to the District Plan, but it is written and applied at the neighbourhood area level. Herts 3.55 The draft policies that are included within the neighbourhood plan should

be based on the information gathered during previous stages of evidence District gathering and community and stakeholder engagement. Policies should ultimately seek to achieve the vision and objectives.

3.56 Policies may take one or more of the following forms: Plan

Policies may identify or allocate sites for particular types and scales | of development (e.g. residential, employment etc.) Neighbourhood Policies may specify particular requirements relating to each allocation (e.g. landscaping) Policies may include land use policies to protect existing facilities or promote new ones Policies may identify sites within the neighbourhood area to be

protected or enhanced Planning Policies may be more generic and apply to any future development within the neighbourhood area (e.g. local design policies)

3.57 When developing the neighbourhood plan policies it will be vital to ensure Guidance they do not stray too far from or offer a contrary position to the strategic policies in the development plan. It will be useful to bear this in mind whilst developing them to make sure the policies will not need modification at a later stage. (2019)

Locality has produced a helpful guide on writing planning policies:

https://neighbourhoodplanning.org/toolkits-and-guidance/write-planning-policies-neighbourhood-plan/

Maps and Illustrations

3.58 Neighbourhood plans are encouraged to use images and maps to illustrate policies or supportive text, and to provide context. For example, a policy on design may be enhanced by images of examples of what the steering group consider to be of a good design.

3.59 For site allocations and site related policies, the neighbourhood plan will need to include a map showing proposed site locations and boundaries. Showing proposed locations on maps will help in any communication with the wider community and can assist in getting their views on particular sites.Page 209 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.60 Town and parish councils may already have Ordnance Survey licenses so 18 will be able to produce maps of their area (assuming they have access to GIS). For those town and parish councils that don’t currently have an Ordnance Survey license, then they can sign up to a Public Sector Mapping Agreement from Ordnance Survey (below). (2019) Ordnance Survey website provides mapping to steering groups through the Public Sector Mapping Agreement:

https://www.ordnancesurvey.co.uk/business-and-government/public-sector/index.html Guidance

Develop an Implementation Plan Planning 3.61 The steering group may wish to draw up an implementation plan, showing what actions are required ‘on the ground’ in order to achieve the vision and objectives of the neighbourhood plan. This does not need to be part of the main neighbourhood plan itself, but could form an appendix to the main document, which can continue to evolve as actions progress and new ones are agreed. Neighbourhood | 3.62 When developing the actions, the steering group may wish to consider the following principles: Plan Priority: Is the action a high, medium or low priority? Responsibility: Which organisation is the lead for delivering this action

District Timescale: By what date should the action be carried out? Partners: Does the action require support from partners? Resources: Is funding or any other resource required? Herts 3.63 Certain actions may require input and assistance from a variety of

East stakeholders e.g. East Herts Council, Hertfordshire County Council, landowners, service providers, as well as groups from within the community.

3.64 East Herts Council commits to supporting groups that are preparing neighbourhood plans throughout the process. In particular the Council will offer to assist neighbourhood plan groups by providing advice and guidance on technical queries as well as help in coordinating sources of information and community involvement.

3.65 The Council’s full list of duties is set out in the most recent Statement of Community Involvement (SCI). This can be found here: https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/sci

Page 210 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

Finalise the draft of the Neighbourhood Plan 19 3.66 Once the policies and the implementation plan have been drafted, then the steering group can start to produce the neighbourhood plan. East

3.67 There is no rule about what a neighbourhood plan should look like, as long as it contains clear policy statements with accompanying maps. There are Herts examples available online which may be useful to view. District 3.68 At this stage, the steering group will also need to screen policies against the Strategic Environment Assessment criteria (and Appropriate Assessment if necessary, please see paragraphs 3.30 - 3.36), explaining why the policies included in the plan are the most appropriate ones. Plan

Check for conformity with strategic policies in the Development Plan | Neighbourhood 3.69 It is again advisable, at this stage, for the steering group to check their emerging policies and actions to ensure they are in conformity with the strategic policies in the Development Plan. Hopefully, if there has been continued liaison with the Planning Policy Team at East Herts Council, then there shouldn’t be an issue with lack of conformity.

Stage 4: Public Consultation Planning

3.70 Prior to submitting the final version of the neighbourhood plan to East Herts Council, the steering group are required to undertake a six week public

consultation, referred to as the Regulation 14 consultation within the 2012 Guidance Regulations. If an SEA and/or Appropriate Assessment are required then this report should also be made available for comment.

3.71 As well as getting the views of residents and local groups, the steering group should consult any of the consultation bodies whose interests it (2019) considers may be affected by the draft plan or order proposal as outlined in Paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 in the The Neighbourhood Planning (General) Regulations 2012. The Parish or Town Council must publicise in a manner that will raise attention to the consultation outlining:

the details of the proposals of the plan; how to make representations; and the date by which those representations must be received.

3.72 Once this consultation has been carried out, an analysis of comments should be made and the steering group should consider whether any amendments need to be made to the draft plan before it is submitted to East Herts Council. It may be useful to log all received comments together with any steering group responses to identify if any changes/amendments are necessary to the draft plan. Page 211 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

Stage 5 - Independent Examination 20 3.73 Once the steering group has made any necessary amendments to the neighbourhood plan, it should formally submit the Plan to East Herts Council.

3.74 When submitting the Plan, the steering group must also prepare and submit

(2019) to East Herts Council:

a map or statement which identifies the area of the neighbourhood plan; a consultation statement; and Guidance a ‘basic conditions’ statement.

3.75 Details of the relevant information to be included in the above documents can be found in the Neighbourhood Plans Roadmap document produced Planning by ‘Locality’ which was introduced at the start of this section.

Publicising Plan Proposals

3.76 If the District Council agrees that the neighbourhood plan meets the above mentioned requirements, it will publicise the final version of the plan through a 6 week public consultation (in accordance with Regulation 16 of The

Neighbourhood Neighbourhood Planning (General) Regulations 2012). All Consultation | bodies listed in Paragraph 1 of Schedule 1 will be consulted.

Plan 3.77 All comments received during this consultation will be sent to the Examiner, once appointed.

Appointment of Examiner and Examination District

3.78 East Herts Council will start the process of appointing an examiner once

Herts the public consultation has started. East Herts Council in collaboration with the steering group will decide on whom to appoint to undertake an independent examination of the neighbourhood plan. East

3.79 The main function of the examination will be to check that the neighbourhood plan meets the ‘basic conditions’ set out in planning law. Neighbourhood plans must:

have regard to national policy; contribute to the achievement of sustainable development be in general conformity with the strategic policies in the Development Plan for the local area; and be compatible with EU obligations.

3.80 East Herts Council will organise all material to be sent to the examiner. It is anticipated that the examiner will consider written representations during the examination period, rather than oral representations. If, in exceptional Page 212 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

circumstances, the examiner does decide that an oral representation is preferable, then a public hearing must be held and organised by East Herts 21 Council. East Examiner’s Report

3.81 The result of the examination will be a report that will have one of the Herts following recommendations: District The draft neighbourhood plan should proceed to a referendum; The draft neighbourhood plan should proceed to a referendum, subject to certain amendments; The draft neighbourhood plan should be refused. Plan

3.82 Where the examination shows that the neighbourhood plan is not compliant | Neighbourhood with the strategic policies in the Development Plan, legal requirements or national policy, then East Herts Council will not be obliged to carry out a referendum or adopt the plan.

3.83 Following the examiner’s report, it is East Herts Council’s responsibility to decide whether the Plan should proceed to Referendum and East Herts Council is entitled to decide any of the following: Planning to decline to consider a plan proposal; to refuse a plan proposal; what action to take in response to the examiner’s recommendations; what modifications, if any, should be made to the plan; Guidance to extend the area to which the referendum is to apply.

3.84 Once a decision has been made, East Herts Council must publish: (2019) the decision and reasons for it; details of where and when the decision may be inspected; and the examiner’s report.

3.85 If the District Council agrees the neighbourhood plan should go to Referendum, the District Council must publish the Plan and identify where it can be inspected and notify anyone who asked to be notified.

Stage 6: Referendum

3.86 If the District Council recommends that the draft neighbourhood plan should proceed to a local referendum, then East Herts Council will arrange and co-ordinate this.

Page 213 3 . The Neighbourhood Planning Process

3.87 A referendum is required to gauge community support for the neighbourhood 22 plan. Where the plan receives the support of more than 50% of voters at the referendum, then the plan will be adopted by East Herts Council and brought into effect.

3.88 People who are on the electoral register are entitled to vote at a

(2019) neighbourhood plan referendum.

Stage 7: Implementing and Monitoring the Plan

3.89 It is recommended that the Town or Parish Council continues to monitor Guidance the Neighbourhood Plan and associated implementation plan, to check that progress is being made against the community’s objectives.

3.90 The Town or Parish Council may want to refresh its neighbourhood plan if

Planning the need arises before the end of the plan period. It should be noted, however, that the process for a refresh will include further consultation, an examination and referendum. Neighbourhood | Plan District Herts East

Page 214 4 . District Plan and NPPF impacts on Neighbourhood Planning

4 District Plan and NPPF impacts on Neighbourhood Planning 23

4.1 Since its introduction in 2011, neighbourhood planning in East Herts has East seen numerous policy changes both nationally but also locally. Despite this

there has been plentiful uptake across the district from communities wishing Herts to start the process, as well as the successful adoption of five neighbourhood plans. District

4.2 Following the adoption of the East Herts District Plan in October 2018, this should provide the much needed policy stability for neighbourhood plan

groups to push forward with a clear vision. This section aims to explain Plan some of the key questions and topics that could apply to future

neighbourhood plans within East Herts. | Neighbourhood The East Herts District Plan

4.3 As noted in the first section, a neighbourhood plan will sit alongside the East Herts District Plan when it comes to decision-making. However, one of the basic conditions that a neighbourhood plan must meet is the need to be in general conformity with the strategic policies contained in the

development plan. Planning

The Planning Practice Guidance sets out a good guide and explanation to this

basic condition: Guidance

https://www.gov.uk/guidance/neighbourhood-planning--2#General-conformity-with-strategic-policies

4.4 Any neighbourhood plan’s relationship with the District Plan therefore is (2019) absolutely vital to its ultimate success at examination. Below are a few of the key areas, policies and requirements in the District Plan to watch out for whilst producing a neighbourhood plan.

General:

4.5 The District Plan has a policy supporting neighbourhood planning growth throughout the Plan period. This is Policy DPS5 found on page 36-37.

The East Herts District Plan can be found here: https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/districtplan

4.6 The District Plan also allocates strategic sites for development within, or adjacent to many of the towns within East Herts and neighbouring authorities. If there is a strategic site within the parish then the Town or Parish CouncilPage 215 4 . District Plan and NPPF impacts on Neighbourhood Planning

should contact East Herts Planning Policy Team prior to submitting an Area 24 Designation for assistance on how best to address the community’s relationship with the site.

4.7 Chapters 14 – 24 of the District Plan set out the Development Management policies that guide future development on areas such as; housing, design,

(2019) transport, landscape etc. Any aspiring neighbourhood plan should be careful not replicate policies that already exist.

Village Policy:

Guidance 4.8 Chapter 10: Villages sets out one of the key requirements in the District Plan where neighbourhood plans are concerned. The requirement is that all ‘Group 1 Villages’ must accommodate a 10% increase in housing stock. The detail is set out in Policy VILL1 on page 140. Planning 4.9 The villages that are considered Group 1 villages are in the table below alongside the figure that represents their 10% increase in housing stock target:

Braughing 35

Neighbourhood Hertford Heath 84 | Hunsdon 37

Plan Much Hadham 54 Standon & 146

District Puckeridge Stanstead Abbotts 94

Herts & St Margarets Walkern 55 East Watton-at-Stone 92

4.10 A 10% increase in housing stock means that these villages must identify land and sites to accommodate at least the level of housing growth as set out above. Villages are able to include all completions after April 1st 2017; therefore those sites that were completed after that date or that will be completed can count towards this figure. As noted in the policy, this figure is a minimum and a neighbourhood plan that does not plan for that figure or above is unlikely to meet the basic conditions.

Page 216 4 . District Plan and NPPF impacts on Neighbourhood Planning

Green Belt Villages: 25 4.11 The National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) which came into force in July 2018 sets out a provision, in paragraph 136, for neighbourhood plans East to amend Green Belt boundaries, something that neighbourhood plans were previously unable to do. Herts

The National Planning Policy Framework 2018 can be found here: District https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/national-planning-policy-framework--2

4.12 The VILL1 Policy (Part III) in the District Plan sets out how proposals that Plan involve changes to Green Belt boundaries would have to be addressed |

through a review of the District Plan or through a Site Allocations Neighbourhood Development Plan Document ‘if necessary’. As provision has now been made in the NPPF update, reliance on a review of the Plan or a Site Allocation DPD is no longer necessary.

4.13 Therefore villages that are ‘inset’ from the green belt and may need to amend Green Belt boundaries can now do this through the neighbourhood plan process. This requires Neighbourhood Plan Groups to clearly set out Planning where they intend to take areas out of the Green Belt; the exceptional circumstances requirement to amend boundaries is set out in the strategic policies of the District Plan.

National Planning Policy Framework 2018 (NPPF) Guidance

4.14 Although neighbourhood planning is mentioned at regular intervals in the updated NPPF there is one new policy introduced that hasn’t been

mentioned in the above that relates to ‘the presumption in favour of (2019) sustainable development’.

4.15 The ‘presumption’ applies when a Local Planning Authority is unable to demonstrate a five year land supply (see paragraph 11 of the NPPF). However, paragraph 14 sets out a provision where an area that has a neighbourhood plan that meets the following criteria will avoid the ‘presumption’: a) the neighbourhood plan became part of the development plan two years or less before the date on which the decision is made; b) the neighbourhood plan contains policies and allocations to meet its identified housing requirement; c) the local planning authority has at least a three year supply of deliverable housing sites (against its five year housing supply requirement, including the appropriate buffer as set out in paragraph 73); and d) the local planning authority’s housing delivery was at least 45% of that required over the previous three years. Page 217 5 . What costs are involved?

5 What costs are involved? 26 5.1 Plans are likely to vary in costs, depending on the area covered by the plan and the complexity of what is being proposed but can range from £10,000 - £80,000. Costs will be reduced where local skills and expertise are ‘tapped’ into. (2019) 5.2 Funding from Central Government to support neighbourhood planning has been contracted to an organisation called Locality (mentioned previously within this document). Locality is providing £23 million of support to groups developing Neighbourhood Plans and Neighbourhood Development orders Guidance between 2018 – 2022. Locality has a grant scheme available, where all groups that are undertaking a Neighbourhood Plan or Neighbourhood Development Order have the opportunity to apply for a grant for up to £9,000.

Planning 5.3 Additional grants of up to £8,000 are also available to groups who meet certain eligibility criteria such as allocating sites for housing, including design codes etc. Also available to groups is the ability to apply for technical support further to the basic and additional grant. This is supplied as a work package and can provide expert advice in certain technical areas. Neighbourhood

| More information on types of funding and eligibility can be found at www.neighbourhoodplanning.org/about/grant-funding/ Plan

5.4 East Herts Council is responsible for covering costs associated with the examination and referendum and is able to claim grants to help cover the District costs of referendums. All other costs will be the responsibility of the promoters of the neighbourhood plan. Herts Further Useful Resources:

East 5.5 ‘Locality’ also offers a wide range of support alongside everything mentioned previously, including:

Direct Support packages including toolkits and guidance documents from gathering evidence to tips on effective community engagement. These documents have been designed for groups at the very beginning of the process, those close to pre-submission consultation, and for those preparing to submit their neighbourhood plans (http://mycommunityrights.org.uk/neighbourhood-planning/).

5.6 The following websites also provide a range of tools and case studies, including examples of innovative ways of raising funding, Shared Learning activities, and online bulletins:

Page 218 Planning Aid England’s Forum for neighbourhood planning 5 . What costs are involved?

https://www.rtpi.org.uk/planning-aid/neighbourhood-planning/ Planning Guidance from MHCLG 27 http://planningguidance.planningportal.gov.uk/blog/guidance/neighbourhood-planning/

The Prince’s Foundation for the Built Environment East http://www.princes-foundation.org/our-work/supporting-communities-and-neighbourhoods-planning

CPRE in partnership with NALC Herts http://www.planninghelp.org.uk, www.cpre.org.uk, www.nalc.gov.uk District Plan | Neighbourhood Planning Guidance (2019)

Page 219 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 10

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY LEADER OF THE COUNCIL

LOCAL DEVELOPMENT SCHEME (LDS) MARCH 2019

WARD(S) AFFECTED: ALL

Purpose/Summary of Report

 This report presents an updated version of the Council’s Local Development Scheme (LDS): the schedule and work programme that sets out the timeline for preparation of any emerging Local Development Documents. It replaces the previous LDS dated September 2017.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EXECUTIVE: To recommend to Council that:

(A) The Local Development Scheme (LDS) March 2019, attached at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’, be agreed to take effect from March 2019.

1.0 Background

1.1 The Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 (as amended by the Localism Act 2011) requires Councils to prepare and maintain a Local Development Scheme (LDS).

1.2 Local development schemes set out when an authority expects to reach key milestones in the preparation of any emerging Local Development Documents (LDD’s). LDD’s include Development Plan Documents (DPD’s), Supplementary Planning Documents (SPD’s) and the Council’s Statement of Community Involvement (SCI). Page 221 1.3 Previous iterations of the LDS focussed on the production of the emerging East Herts District Plan (a DPD). Given the recent adoption of the District Plan on 23 October 2018, the LDS does not set out a timeline for its revision or the preparation of any other DPD’s.

1.4 Instead the focus of the latest LDS is on introducing the various documents that will make up the Statutory Development Plan in 2019, as well as identifying timelines for the production of a number of emerging SPD’s.

2.0 Report

2.1 A copy of the LDS is contained at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’. It notes that the following documents make up the statutory development plan for East Herts:

 The East Herts District Plan 2018

 Minerals Local Plan Review 2002-2016

 Waste Core Strategy and Development Management

Policies (2011-2026)

 Waste Site Allocations Document (2011-2026)

 Bishop’s Stortford Silverleys and Meads Neighbourhood

Plan

 Bishop’s Stortford All Saints, Central, South and part of

Thorley Neighbourhood Plan

 Buntingford Community Area Neighbourhood Plan

 Braughing Parish Neighbourhood Plan

 Walkern Neighbourhood Plan

Page 222 2.2 The LDS also sets out detailed individual timelines for the production of the following SPD’s:

 Affordable Housing

 Open Space

 Vehicle Parking

 Air Quality

 Gilston Area Development Charter

 Birchall Garden Suburb

 Retail Frontages, Design and Signage

 Custom and Self Build Housing

 Governance and Stewardship

2.3 The LDS also includes a Risk Assessment, setting out potential risks to the timeline for preparation of the SPD’s and any mitigation measures.

3.0 Implications/Consultations

3.1 Information on any corporate issues and consultation associated with this report can be found within Essential Reference Paper ‘A’.

Background Papers None

Contact Member: Councillor Linda Haysey – Leader of the Council [email protected]

Contact Officer: Kevin Steptoe – Head of Planning and Building Control, Tel: 01992 531407 [email protected]

Page 223 Report Author: George Pavey – Principal Planning Officer, Tel: 01992 531623 george.pavey @eastherts.gov.uk

Page 224 ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Consultation: None

Legal: Local planning authorities are required to publish and maintain an up-to-date local development scheme which sets out the documents the timeline for future Local Development Documents. Financial: No direct financial implications Human None Resource: Risk Appendix A to the LDS sets out a risk assessment to Management: the production of planning documents.

Health and None wellbeing – issues and impacts: Equality Impact No Assessment required:

Page 225 This page is intentionally left blank 2

East Herts LDS 2019

Local Development Scheme

Page 227 Contents 1. Introduction:...... 2

2. The Development Plan:...... 3

3. Supporting Documents ...... 6

4. Preparation of Further Local Development Documents...... 8

Appendix A: Risk Assessment for SPD Production:...... 10

Page1 228 1. Introduction:

1.1 The preparation of a Local Development Scheme (LDS) is a statutory

requirement that was introduced by Section 15 of the Planning and

Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 (as amended by the Localism Act 2011). The

LDS aims to explain and simplify planning in East Hertfordshire by setting out

the documents that make up the statutory Development Plan, and identifying

all future planning documents that the Council wishes to produce and the

timeframe for their preparation.

1.2 The LDS includes the timeline for preparation of any Local Development

Documents (LDD’s) the Council is preparing. LDD’s include Development Plan

Documents (DPD’s), Supplementary Planning Document’s (SPD’s) and the

Council’s Statement of Community Involvement (SCI).

1.3 This LDS supersedes the previous version dated September 2017.

Page 2292 2. The Development Plan:

2.1 Development Plan Documents (DPDs) are planning strategies that contain

policies for the use, protection and/or development of land, typically including

the allocation of land for development. DPDs must be in general conformity

with government guidance, in particular the National Planning Policy

Framework 2018. Below is a list of the current DPDs that form the Statutory

Development Plan in East Herts.

The East Herts District Plan:

2.2 Adopted in October 2018 and replaces the East Herts Local Plan 2007.

2.3 The District Plan sets out the framework for guiding development in East Herts. It describes the Council’s spatial vision for the District and includes strategic policies to deliver the homes, jobs and infrastructure that is required.

2.4 The District Plan also contains development management policies that address the following topic areas:

 Housing  Retail and Town Centres  Economy  Natural Environment  Design and Landscape  Heritage Assets  Transport  Climate Change  Community Facilities, Leisure  Water and Recreation  Environmental Quality

Page3 230 2.5 The Policies Map illustrates geographically how and where the policies in the

District Plan apply across the district. An updated Policies Map has been

published alongside the District Plan: maps.eastherts.gov.uk/districtplan

Minerals and Waste Local Plans:

2.6 Hertfordshire County Council is responsible for minerals and waste planning

across the county. There are three documents that together form the Minerals

and Waste Local Plans and contribute to the statutory Development Plan in

East Hertfordshire.

- Minerals Local Plan Review 2002-2016

- Waste Core Strategy and Development Management Policies (2011-

2026)

- Waste Site Allocations Document (2011-2026)

Neighbourhood Development Plans:

2.7 Neighbourhood Plans also form part of the statutory development plan once

they have been ‘made’ (adopted). East Herts currently has five adopted

Neighbourhood Plans:

- Bishop’s Stortford Silverleys and Meads

- Bishop’s Stortford All Saints, Central, South and part of Thorley

- Buntingford Community Area

- Braughing Parish

- Walkern Parish

Page 2314 Page 232 Page

5 3. Supporting Documents

3.1 The East Herts District Plan also has several supporting documents which are

publically available on the council’s website. These include:

- Supplementary Planning Documents (SPDs)

- Statement of Community Involvement (SCI)

- Authority’s Monitoring Report (published annually)

- Local Development Scheme (this document)

Supplementary Planning Documents:

3.2 Supplementary Planning Documents (SPD) are not part of the statutory

Development Plan but provide additional guidance on matters covered in DPDs

and are capable of being a material consideration in planning applications. The

Council currently has a suite of SPDs that can viewed here:

https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/spd

3.3 As well as those existing SPDs a number of updates and new documents are

being proposed as well. Timelines for these emerging SPDs can be found in

Section 4 of this LDS.

Statement of Community Involvement:

3.4 The Statement of Community Involvement (SCI) sets out how East Herts Council

will involve the community in the preparation, alteration and review of planning

policies, plans and decisions. Community engagement is a key part of the

planning system as it ensures that the Council is able to listen to the view of the

Page 2336 stakeholders and the community to inform the outcome of planning decisions.

This helps local people to become directly involved in place shaping in the

district. The Council wishes to involve all sectors of the community in the

planning process and is committed to maximising publicity of its planning

documents.

3.5 The Council is progressing an updated SCI and the timeline for its production

can be found in Section 4. The current SCI (October 2013) can be found at:

https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/sci

Authority Monitoring Report:

3.6 The Authority Monitoring Report (AMR) is published annually by the Council

and seeks to assess the effectiveness of Local Plan policies, present monitoring

information and monitor the progress of the development plan against the

LDS.

3.7 The Council is currently preparing its latest AMR covering the period 1st April

2017 – 31st March 2018. Future AMR’s are to be published in the Autumn

immediately following the end of the monitoring year. This will enable the

Council to provide more up-to-date data and more reasonably inform and

monitor progress of the LDS.

3.8 The current (and any future) AMR can be viewed at:

https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/amr

Page7 234 4. Preparation of Further Local Development Documents

East Herts Development Plan Documents:

4.1 The Council does not anticipate bringing forward any new DPDs in 2019.

However, the District Plan 2018 will be monitored and any timeline for a review

will be published through an update to the LDS or the Council’s AMR when

appropriate.

Neighbourhood Plans:

4.2 Neighbourhood Plans (NP) are being prepared across the district; they are

prepared at a timescale set by the Parish Council or qualifying body and

therefore the timetable for their preparation is not contained in the LDS.

4.3 The Council updates its NP webpage regularly and so the best place to follow

the production of all Neighbourhood Plans that are currently in preparation is

here: https://www.eastherts.gov.uk/article/35287/Neighbourhood-Planning-

Activity-in-East-Herts

4.4 Also available on the website is information on the geographical area covered

by each individual Neighbourhood Plan as well as access to the policies and

supporting evidence.

4.5 The only non-adopted Neighbourhood Plan that has reached a statutory stage

is the Standon Neighbourhood Plan which is currently at examination.

Page 2358 Supplementary Planning Documents:

4.6 Supplementary Planning Documents are used to add further detail and

guidance on the policies in the development plan. SPDs are capable of being a

material consideration in planning decisions but are not part of the

development plan.

4.7 The table below sets out a detailed timetable for the production of various

SPDs against key milestones. The timeline for the production of SPD’s is

dependent upon a number of factors and so potential risks to the timeline for

producing a SPD have been identified in a Risk Assessment in Appendix A,

together with mitigation measures where appropriate.

Timeline Key Evidence Gathering and Early Engagement Consultation

Adoption

Strategic Environmental Assessment

Page9 236 2018 2019 2020

Supplementary Jul Jul Jan Jan Jun Jun Oct Oct Apr Apr Feb Feb Sep Sep Dec Dec Aug Aug Nov Nov Mar Mar Planning Document May May

Affordable Housing

Retail Frontages, Design and Signage

Air Quality

Custom and Self Build Housing

Open Space, Sport and Recreation Governance and Stewardship Gilston Area Development Charter

Vehicle Parking

Birchall Garden Suburb Page 237 Page

10 Statement of Community Involvement (SCI):

4.8 The Council’s current SCI was produced in October 2013 and so an update is being

proposed to account for the various changes in legislation, as well as the adoption of

the District Plan 2018. There have also been changes to some of the ways the Council

carries out consultation including an increased use of electronic communications to

promote greater sustainability.

4.9 Production for the latest SCI is set out in the table below:

2019 Jan Feb Mar Apr Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct

Statement of Community Involvement

11Page 238 Appendix A: Risk Assessment for SPD Production:

Risk Likelihood Impact Comment Mitigation Measures

1 Change in National Policy or High Medium Changes to the statutory process or The Council carefully monitors

Legislation new substantive policy which affects new policy and legislation and will

the content and direction of SPD prioritise managing any key

preparation and decisions may cause impacts.

delays to the programme.

2 Council fail to agree SPD for Low High SPDs are detailed documents with a Ensuring Member engagement

consultation / adoption number of issues being difficult to throughout the preparation

resolve without compromise. process so that Members

understand and agree to both the

preparation process and

proposals.

3 Planning Policy team resource Medium High The Council has a team that share Agree priorities and staff

diverted from SPD work. responsibility in other areas, there resourcing.

could be pressure to undertake other

activities which are non-critical to

Page 239 Page success of the SPD.

12 Page 240 Page

4 Legal Challenge to SPD Low Medium Financial cost and delays to SPD Ensure SPD produced in

mounted adoption. accordance with regulations and

based on objective analysis of

5 Legal Challenge to SPD Low High planning issues.

Successful

13 Agenda Item 11

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE - 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY EXECUTIVE MEMBER FOR HOUSING

THE EAST HERTS HOMELESSNESS AND ROUGH SLEEPING REVIEW AND STRATEGY 2019-2024

WARD(S) AFFECTED: ALL

Purpose/Summary of Report

 This report presents the draft version of the Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review Strategy 2019-2024 and requests its consideration prior to recommending the finalised draft to Council for approval.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EXECUTIVE: That:

(A) The Executive considers the content of the draft Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy 2019-2024 and raise any points for consideration and inclusion; (B) The Executive delegates to the Head of Housing and Health authorisation to make such amendments as authorised by the Executive and any minor amendments as deemed necessary; and (C) Subject to such amendments in recommendation B, the Executive recommends the draft Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy 2019-2024 to Council.

1.0 Background

1.1 Under the Homelessness Act 2002 all local authorities are required to carry out a homelessness review and to develop and publish a strategy based on the review every five years. Page 241 East Herts conducted its first homelessness review and published its first Homelessness Strategy in July 2003. This is the fourth Review and Strategy and is due to run from April 2019 to March 2024. At Overview and Scrutiny Committee on 6 November 2018 members discussed the work to date and endorsed consultation on the draft document prior to seeking approval of its adoption from Council.

2.0 Report

2.1 The Homelessness Act 2002 placed enhanced duties on local authorities to assist homeless and potentially homeless people. One of the key aims of the Act was to ensure that housing authorities take a comprehensive and strategic approach to managing and preventing homelessness in their districts.

2.2 The council’s last Homelessness Strategy, which included a thorough review, (herein referred to as “the Strategy”) was adopted and published in July 2013 and the council and its partners have made significant progress on providing and improving services to those people that are homeless or potentially homeless. The Strategy includes a section on the achievements by the council and its partners to improve the homeless services provided, since the last Strategy was adopted.

2.3 A lot has changed both locally and nationally since the last Strategy was adopted. The most significant recent changes that have an impact on the council’s work regarding homelessness have been the Homelessness Reduction Act 2017 that came into force in April 2018 and the Welfare Reform and Work Act 2016 primarily impacting on benefit eligibility. The Strategy provides more detail on the actual changes resulting from these two pieces of legislation which are likely to have a direct and indirect effect on homelessness.

Page 242 2.4 A draft Strategy has been developed and has four objectives around which the Housing Service will build its Delivery Plan. The Delivery Plan will shape the emphasis of the Housing Options Team’s work for the next five years. These are:

o Objective 1 - Strong and effective partnership working; o Objective 2 - Early targeted intervention and advice to prevent the loss of accommodation; o Objective 3 - Effective action to relieve homelessness and sustain tenancies to prevent repeat homelessness; o Objective 4 – Protecting and increasing the local housing options.

2.5 The first draft of the Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy was considered by the Overview and Scrutiny Committee at its meeting of 6 November 2018. Members of the Committee supported the draft Strategy and made comments during the discussion regarding the costs of affordable rents and their impact on affordability, the need to work closely with partners to support those with mental health issues, the perceived increase in rough sleeping and the likely impact on homelessness of Universal Credit.

2.6 The draft Strategy, including amendments from Overview and Scrutiny Committee, was published for consultation, for five weeks, on the council’s website. The consultation ended on 7th January 2019 and four responses were received. Three of the four responses raised concerns about rough sleeping , perhaps not surprisingly considering the Government’s current emphasis on addressing rough sleeping, (a national Rough Sleeping Strategy was launched in August 2018) and recent media interest. The fourth response raised concerns about the reduction of support services leading to an increase in homelessness for vulnerable households, particularly those with mental health issues.

2.7 Taking on board the responses to the consultation, the Strategy was further updated and renamed the Homelessness

Page 243 and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy 2019-2024, to reflect the Government’s renewed focus on addressing rough sleeping. A copy of the updated Strategy is attached at Essential Reference Paper ‘B’. Taking into account the consultation responses, the content on rough sleeping has been expanded and the proposed actions around rough sleeping in Objective 3 have been added to and strengthened. An Equalities Impact assessment has also been prepared for the Strategy and included at Essential Reference Paper ‘C’.

2.8 Executive Members are now asked if there any further points they wish to raise or be considered for inclusion in the finalised draft Strategy, particularly regarding the actions outlined under each of the four Strategy Objectives, which will form the basis of the first year’s Delivery Plan. These are listed as bullet points under each of the four Strategic Objectives on pages 19 to 23 of the Strategy.

2.9 Following adoption of the Strategy by the Council on 5 March 2019 a Delivery Plan will then be developed by officers. The Delivery Plan’s progress will be monitored by officers in the Housing Service and internal and external partners impacted by homelessness in East Herts and also by way of an annual report to Performance, Audit and Governance Committee.

3.0 Implications/Consultations

3.1 Information on any corporate issues and consultation associated with this report can be found within Essential Reference Paper ‘A’.

Background Papers None

Contact Member: Councillor Jan Goodeve, Executive Member for Housing. [email protected]

Contact Officers: Jonathan Geall, Head of Housing and Health, Extn: Page 244 1594. [email protected]

Claire Bennett, Service Manager – Housing Services, Extn: 1603. [email protected]

Report Author: Claire Bennett, Service Manager – Housing Services, Extn: 1603. [email protected]

Page 245 This page is intentionally left blank ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Contribution to Priority 1 – Improve the health and wellbeing of our the Council’s communities Corporate Priorities/ Priority 2 – Enhance the quality of people’s lives Objectives (delete as appropriate): Consultation: A review of homelessness in East Herts was presented to the Council’s quarterly Housing Forum, Chaired by Cllr Goodeve, and attended by internal and external stakeholders. The draft Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Strategy 2019-2024 was consulted on externally for 5 weeks following comments from Overview & Scrutiny Committee on 6 November 2018 being incorporated into the document. Legal: Under the Homelessness Act 2002, there is a legal duty on every local authority to publish a Homelessness Review and Strategy every 5 years. The current Homelessness Strategy runs from 2013 to 2018 . Financial: There are no direct financial implications resulting from this Strategy. Any financial implications from the Delivery Plan will be considered either during the council’s normal medium term financial planning processes or will be funded from the Homelessness Prevention Grant provided by the Ministry for Housing, Community and Local Government.

Human None Resource: Risk The council has a legal duty to ensure it has a Management: Homelessness Strategy in place.

Page 247 Health and Homelessness and poor housing conditions have a wellbeing – negative impact on the health of those resident issues and impacted. impacts:

Equality Impact Yes : Attached. Assessment required:

Page 248 Essential Reference Paper ‘B’

DRAFT

Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy

2019 - 2024

1 Page 249 Draft V 2 - January 2019

Forward by Housing Portfolio Holder

Welcome to the Council’s new Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy for 2019-2024.

This is East Herts’ fourth Homelessness Strategy and sets out our approach for tackling homelessness in the District.

The Strategy aims to prevent homelessness and ensure that accommodation and support is available for people who become homeless within the District.

Homelessness and poor housing conditions blight lives, damage health and reduce opportunities. They negatively impact communities in significant ways. That is why preventing homelessness is a priority for this Council. We are committed to ongoing investment that delivers tangible benefits to the people we serve.

I believe this Strategy sets out key objectives and provides the framework to enable us to deal with homelessness, clearly setting out the Council’s approach and commitment to tackling this issue over the next 5 years.

The Strategy will concentrate on 4 key objectives: 1. Strong and effective partnership working 2. Early targeted intervention and advice to prevent the loss of accommodation 3. Effective action to relieve homelessness and sustain tenancies to prevent repeat homelessness 4. Protect and increase local housing options

I would like to extend my thanks on behalf of the Council to everyone who has been involved in developing this Strategy.

Councillor Jan Goodeve Housing Portfolio Holder

2 Page 250 Contents

1.0 Introduction 2.0 Successes 2013-2018 3.0 National context 4.0 Local context 5.0 Strategic objectives 6.0 Resourcing the Strategy 7.0 Monitoring the Strategy 8.0 The delivery plan

3 Page 251 1.0 Introduction

The Homelessness Act 2002 introduced a requirement for local authorities to undertake a review of homelessness, including consultation, and to use the results of the review to inform a homelessness strategy.

The Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy for 2019-2024 (the Strategy) sets out how the Council aims to prevent homelessness and ensure that accommodation and support is available for people who become homeless within the District. Prevention of homelessness is very much at the forefront of national initiatives and policies to improve peoples’ lives. This council is equally committed to early intervention and has fully embraced the principles of the Homelessness Reduction Act 2017 in its service delivery, with access to advice and assistance for all who approach, no matter whether they are vulnerable or not.

The Strategy is consistent with the Council’s current over-arching Housing and Health Strategy 2016-2021 that seeks to improve the availability of suitable housing for local residents, including affordable rented housing that meets a range of locally identified needs.

The Strategy also contributes to the Council’s Corporate Strategic Plan 2016- 2020 and achievement of the Council’s three Corporate Priorities of:

1. Improve the health and wellbeing of our communities; 2. Enhance the quality of people’s lives; 3. Enable a flourishing local economy.

The strategy looks very much to the future and sets out the actions we intend to take to help us reach our goals and how the council, and its partners, will work together to tackle homelessness and rough sleeping over the next year and following four years. Working in partnership is key to the success of the strategy. The Strategy has been developed in consultation with key partners following a review of homelessness in East Herts and takes into account recent developments in housing legislation. This year we will establish a multi-agency forum of statutory agencies and local organisations to assist us in our efforts to tackle homelessness.

4 Page 252 2.0 Successes 2013-2018

Through the previous Homelessness Strategy and Action Plan 2013-2018 the Council and its partners have achieved a number of successful outcomes and improvements to services for homeless persons in East Herts.

Housing Options Team In January 2018, in anticipation of the implementation of the Homelessness Reduction Act 2017 in April 2018, the Council re-structured the Housing Options Team to provide additional resources into the prevention and relief work of the team. In addition we used the ‘ New Burdens’ grant from Government to fund an additional Senior Housing Options Officer for a period of two years to ensure there were sufficient resources to deal with the anticipated increase in caseloads and to monitor the workload of the prevention and relief officers.

Debt and Money Advice The Council funded, and continues to provide funding to, East Herts Citizens Advice for the provision of specialist Debt Advice from within the Housing Options Service through a three year Service Level Agreement. The provision is for two days a week in Hertford and Bishop’s Stortford.

Homeless Prevention Overall the Council prevented 263 households from becoming homeless in 2017/18 and 291 households in 2016/17.

The Council uses the Government’s Homeless Prevention Grant flexibly to help prevent homelessness e.g. spend to save payments, paying rent in advance, payments for landlord fees and providing loans to pay off small arrears. In 2017 twenty seven households (14% of the total preventions) had their homelessness prevented as a result of obtaining private sector rented accommodation with assistance from the Council with their deposit and rent in advance. In 2016 the figure was 42 (15% of the total prevention) households. This reduction reflects the increased difficulty in accessing the private rented sector for households on a low income.

The Council also has an agreed Service Level Agreement with Herts Credit Union to provide interest-free loans to applicants requiring rent in advance. Part of the agreement is that the Council also pays for the applicant to become of member of Herts Credit Union.

5 Page 253 The Council funds, £5,000 each year, to the Schools Intervention Project run by Herts Homeless Group. The project provides lessons through the Personal, Social and Health curriculum to 14 to 15 years olds on the realities of homelessness and is very well received by the schools that make repeat bookings each school year.

Supported Accommodation The Council supported, by the provision of land, the building of a new young persons supported accommodation scheme in Hertford by Aldwyck Housing Association. The scheme provides onsite 24 hour supported accommodation for 28 young persons aged 16- 24 in fourteen flats and was completed in October 2012. The Council and Herts County Council work closely together on the referral of young vulnerable people into the accommodation.

New Homes The Council places a high priority on supporting and enabling the development of new additional affordable and supported housing by housing associations. In 2017/18 there were 162 new affordable homes completed in the District (200 in 2016/17) and the estimate is for over 200 new affordable homes to be completed in 2018/19.

Best Use of existing Homes In 2017 the Council carried out a piece of work to identify under-occupation in both the social and private housing markets. We worked with our local housing associations to identify the level of under-occupation in their homes and review the strategies and policies to address under-occupation to make the best use of the homes available. The aim is to ensure current tenants are in the homes that best suit their household, make larger homes available to overcrowded households and where a household is affected by welfare reform make their home more affordable to them. Following on from the review two new housing schemes have been developed that have been targeted at older under – occupying households.

Joint working A Joint Housing Protocol for homeless 16/17 year olds and care leavers was drafted and agreed between all 10 Hertfordshire District’s and Borough’s housing services and Herts County Council. Countywide joint training was carried out and updates continue to be incorporated as additional legislation becomes operational.

6 Page 254 A Joint Housing Protocol for Intentionally Homeless families has also been drafted and agreed between all 10 Districts and Boroughs housing services and the County Council .

3.0 National context

Since the implementation of the previous Homelessness Strategy, there have been significant changes in Housing Policy at a national level.

Nationally, incidents of homelessness have been increasing for a number of years and the increased use of, often unsuitable, temporary accommodation has been a direct consequence. Homelessness acceptance rates and use of temporary accommodation have gone up nationally in recent years. At nearly 57,000, annual homelessness acceptances were nearly 17,000 higher across England in 2016/17 than in 2009/10. Main housing duty acceptances now stand at 42% above their 2009/10 low point. At the end of March 2018 the most common reasons for loss of last settled homes nationally were:

 Parents, other relatives or friends no longer willing or able to accommodate (28%).  Loss of rented or tied accommodation due to termination of assured shorthold tenancy (25%).  Violent breakdown of relationship involving partner (12%).

On 31 March 2018, the total number of households in temporary accommodation arranged by local authorities under homelessness legislation was 79,880, up 66% on the low of 48,010 on 31 December 2010. In addition, homelessness services across the country had an inconsistent approach. Some local authorities assisted only those people it owed a statutory duty and those without a ‘priority need’, particularly single homeless, were not receiving effective and consistent assistance across the country to relieve their homelessness.

With rising homelessness and temporary accommodation costs the Members of Parliament within Government sought to redress the situation and proposed

7 Page 255 improvements to the legal framework to prevent and tackle single homelessness more effectively.

Legal Framework for Homelessness Within a complex legal framework the Council delivers services to people who are homeless or threatened with homelessness. This framework sets out duties it must perform and powers it can exercise with discretion.

The Housing Act 1996, Part 7 has been amended over the years, but remains the primary legislation prescribing how local authorities should deliver services, and what duties they must owe to homeless persons.

The Housing Act 1996, Part 7 has recently been amended by the Homelessness Reduction Act 2017. This new Act represents fundamental amendments to the existing homelessness legislation. It introduces new requirements to “prevent” and “relieve” homelessness and in that context, sets out a range of new duties. It was introduced to strengthen and increase the duties owed to all eligible homeless applicants, including those who do not have a priority need for accommodation or who may be intentionally homeless.

The following new duties have been introduced under the Act:  Duty to assess the housing circumstances, housing needs and support needs of all eligible applicants who are homeless or at risk of becoming homeless within 56 days and agree the steps that need to be taken by the applicant or the authority to ensure that they can remain in their current accommodation or can secure and sustain suitable alternative accommodation;  Duty to assist all eligible applicants who are at risk of becoming homeless within the next 56 days to remain in their current accommodation or secure and sustain suitable alternative accommodation for a period of at least 6 months;  Duty to assist all eligible homeless persons to secure and sustain suitable accommodation for a period of at least 6 months ;  Duty on specified public bodies to refer households who are homeless or threatened with homelessness to a housing authority.

8 Page 256 The Welfare Reform and Work Act 2016: The Government has introduced a range of welfare reforms as part of its austerity plan. This Act introduces measures that are likely to have an impact upon low income households:  The maximum amount that a non-working, non-disabled household can receive in state benefits has reduced to £20,000 a year (£13,400 a year for a single adult) outside London;  A reduction in social housing rents of 1% per year over four years from April 2016.

The Deregulation Act 2015: Some of the measures introduced under the Deregulation Act 2015 were designed to increase the rights of Council and Private Tenants:  Reduction in the minimum length of time before a Council Tenant acquires the Right to Buy their home from 5 to 3 years;  Requirement for Private Sector Landlords to provide all new tenants with prescribed information about their rights and responsibilities, Energy Performance and Gas Safety certificates and requirement to protect all tenancy deposits in a Government approved redress scheme ;  Banning of retaliatory evictions by Private Sector Landlords, meaning that a Section 21 notice cannot be served in response to complaints made by a tenant about disrepair, health and safety or energy performance in a property.

Rough Sleeping Strategy: The Government aims to halve rough sleeping by 2022 and end it by 2027. It launched its new Rough Sleeping Strategy in August 2018 and requests that all homelessness strategies are reviewed and rebadged by the end of 2019 to include a specific focus on addressing rough sleeping.

The annual count of those sleeping rough in the autumn of 2017 showed a 169% increase on the figures for the same count in 2009/10, with a further 617 people sleeping rough than in 2016. The figure of 4,751 represented an increase of 15% on the previous year.

The Government recognises that there is not one single solution to end rough sleeping and a strategic approach to tackling the causes of homelessness and the health and well-being of rough sleepers is as important as the supply of affordable homes and supported housing.

9 Page 257 4.0 Local context

The District consists of the 5 market towns of Bishop’s Stortford, Buntingford, Hertford, Sawbridgeworth and Ware. There is also a significant rural hinterland with many villages and hamlets.

East Herts is a high value and high demand area for market and affordable housing. The average house prices in the District are around 25% higher than the national average. In East Herts the average house price is around £325,000 according to the National Housing Federation, just over 13 times the average income for the District. This puts pressure on stock availability and turnover of all tenures.

In the District there is a huge salary spectrum; 21.4% of households earn below £20,000 well below the national average of £27,000 (East Herts Housing Needs Survey, 2015). Shared Ownership properties provide an opportunity to access market housing but the affordability of this is also related to location and size of property. The Housing Needs Survey (HNS) showed that 25.2% of concealed households have no savings and 90.9% have less than £25,000 which is a barrier to moving out. Households have a low level of funds available to pay rent or mortgage per month with 48.4% willing to pay between £451 and £550pcm (HNS, 2015). This does restrict the housing market available to them significantly.

The rental market is a key tenure of both private rent and affordable rent for residents and there is a good range of stock sizes and locations. The private rental sector is experiencing pressure as demand grows from those who wish to be flexible with their living arrangements and who do not have the funds to access for sale/shared ownership properties. Rental rates are increasing in both the private and affordable sector. In the social housing sector, affordable rent is up to 80% of open market rent and this can be an issue in high price areas for prospective tenants. In private rent there is an increase in the number of households who do not require housing benefit and therefore there are a falling number of landlords willing to accept households in receipt of housing benefit which puts pressure on the Housing Service to provide support.

10 Page 258 Review of Homelessness A review of homelessness within East Herts was carried out to help inform this Strategy. The first contact with the Council, for the majority of households in housing need, is a Housing Options interview with the emphasis on preventing homelessness and saving, if appropriate, the current home. Where prevention of homelessness is not possible, the emphasis is on providing the most effective and appropriate homeless service. Homelessness

There has been much discussion nationally regarding the contributory factors leading to an increase in homelessness nationally and locally. The main factors are considered to be:  High demand for housing leading to high house prices and private rents with greater shortfalls between rents and Local Housing Allowance rates (LHA.  Shortage of social housing for rent.  Welfare benefits cuts and reforms.  Cuts in statutory funding for statutory and voluntary services offering support to vulnerable people.

The total numbers of statutory homeless acceptances since 2014 for East Herts are shown below.

2014 2015 20162 2017

Homeless applications 89 111 110 92

Homeless Acceptances 41 70 48 54

Percentage of acceptances 46% 63% 44% 59% against applications

Source: Housing Options Service

The Council accepted as homeless and owed a rehousing duty to 54 households in 2017. 70% of the accepted homeless applications in 2017 were from households containing dependent children or pregnant women and 50% were female lone parent families. There were almost twice as many single male applicants (17%) as single female applicants (9%). 52% of accepted applicants were aged between 25 and 44 years of age, 20% between 16 and 24 and 19% between 45 and 49.

11 Page 259 The most common priority need categories amongst the accepted homeless applicants in 2017 were households containing dependent children or pregnant women (61%), vulnerability as a result of mental health problems (11%) and vulnerability as a result of physical disability (17%).

The most frequent causes of homelessness for the accepted homeless applicants in 2017/18 were the loss of assured shorthold tenancy (48%), breakdown of relationship with parents, relatives or friends (21%) and domestic violence (11%).

Causes of homelessness Number 2017 Percentage

Termination of assured shorthold tenancy 24 44% Parents/friends no longer willing or able to 11 20% accommodate Non-violent relationship breakdown 4 7% Domestic violence 4 7% Other reasons 11 20% Source: Housing Options Service

One of the ways that central government measures homelessness levels is looking at homeless acceptances per 1,000 head of population. The figure for Hertfordshire for 2012/13 was 2.40 acceptances per thousand population. Data for East Herts shows:

Year Per 1,000 head of population

East Herts Hertfordshire England

2016 0.67 2.57 2.54

2017 0.87 2.50 2.41

Source: MHCLG

East Herts has the lowest rate per 1,000 households out of the 10 local authorities in Hertfordshire but the rate for East Herts is increasing.

This homeless assessment is based on data captured under the current statutory framework, before the Homelessness Reduction Act 2017 commenced.

Temporary accommodation

12 Page 260 The main source of temporary accommodation available to the Housing Service is the Council ’s Hostel accommodation which has 12 units of self-contained accommodation. It also has some accommodation that it can use for people with mental health issues that is managed by Genesis Housing. In emergency, when there are no other accommodation options available the Council places households into Bed and Breakfast accommodation. In 2017 43 households spent a total of 782 nights in Bed and Breakfast accommodation an average of 18 nights per household. The majority of these households were single people.

The total number of homeless households who were residing in temporary accommodation on 31st March 2018 was 25; this is higher than the figure on 31st March 2017 of 14 households. Ten of these applicants were residing within the Council ’s homeless hostel and eight were in Bed and Breakfast.

Affordability East Herts is a very expensive housing market area. House prices are much higher than neighbouring areas and have significantly increased in recent years. The rental market reflects the same trends in terms of increasing cost across both private and affordable rented sectors.

Just over half of the households registered on the Council ’s Housing Register are in employment (51%), of which 45% do not receive any welfare benefits.

It has become increasingly challenging for residents to secure homes that are affordable for them at open market value. The private rented market has rapidly expanded in East Herts with increased demand from households that are unable to afford to buy property in the district. There has also been a corresponding increase in households homeless as a result of loss of an assured shorthold tenancy (AST). In 2010 eight households were homeless as a result of the termination of their AST by their landlord. In 2017 the number had increased to 24 households.

This increased demand has led to rents increasing faster than pay. Shelter analysed official data from the Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings and the Index of Private Housing Rental Prices. They found that private rents in England have risen by 16% since 2011, outpacing average wages which have only risen by 10% over that period. In East Herts the lag between wages and rents is significantly greater. While rents have gone up by 29%, wages have risen by only 4% (based on two person household with one full time and one part time worker).

13 Page 261 Analysis of the LHA freeze carried out by Shelter, puts East Herts 9th in the top 10 local authorities outside London with the biggest shortfall between LHA and rent for both families in two bedroom homes, who face a monthly shortfall of £218.66, and single people and couples in one bedroom homes with a monthly shortfall of £172.26.

Demand from households unable to buy, landlords’ reluctance to let to HB tenants and the increasing gap between the Local Housing Allowance rate and rents have contributed to a significant drop in the proportion of private rented sector tenants that are in receipt of Housing Benefit. Between 2013 and 2017 there was a 22% (346 households) reduction in the number of households in receipt of Housing Benefit in private rented accommodation.

Housing Benefit claimants in private rented accommodation: East Herts

1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100

0 Aug 13 Aug 14 Aug 15 Aug 16 Aug 17 Passported 656 595 545 479 447 Non-passported 963 969 911 884 826

Source:

The Association of Residential Landlord published research they undertook in October 2018 which found that 61% of their landlords that let to tenants on Universal Credit have experienced their Universal Credit tenants going into rent arrears in the past 12 months. This is over double from 27% of landlords in 2016, and a significant increase from the previous year where it was 38% of landlords.

They also found that the amount owed by Universal Credit tenants in rent arrears has increased by 49% in comparison to the previous 12 months. This has increased from £1,600.88 in 2017 to £2,390.19. The Association concluded that rent arrears for Universal Credit tenants are likely to be driving homelessness,

14 Page 262 with 28% of landlords regaining possession of their property from a Universal Credit tenant and the primary reason being rent arrears (77% of landlords).

However affordability does not just impact on households within the private rented market. Although most social housing is let at rents at or below the Local Housing Allowance rate, the rent for a number of new build properties is considerably higher.

Most social landlords are performing affordability checks on potential tenants which indicates a recognition that affordability is a significant issue for them. In 2001, 211 of the 348 local authority areas in England and Wales recorded Registered Provider rents at a higher percentage of 10th percentile gross salary than East Herts. By 2016 only 13 local authority areas were recorded with RP rents at a higher percentage of 10th percentile of gross earnings than East Herts.

Affordability is also becoming increasingly problematic for larger families, with “affordable housing” becoming “unaffordable” for people who need more than 3 bedrooms. This trend is starting to extend to smaller units.

Social Housing The inaccessibility of the private rented sector increases the pressure on available alternative, more affordable housing solutions, such as housing association homes let on affordable rents. Demand for social housing in East Herts is high, and the number of applicants on the Council’s Housing Register increased from 1,411 on 1st April 2014 to 2,048 on 1st April 2018 (an increase of 45%).

An allocation to social housing is playing an ever increasing role in the prevention of homelessness. While the number of households that have had their homelessness prevented has remained fairly constant, the proportion of households having their homelessness prevented through an allocation to social housing increased from 55% to 77% between 2014 and 2017.

15 Page 263 Households assisted to obtain alternative accommodation 2014 -2017 (percent)

50 PRS with landlord incentive 40 Supported accommodation, Hostel

Percent or HMO 30 Allocation from housing register 20

0 2014 2015 2016 2017 Source: Housing Options Service Homeless prevention There has been a significant decrease in the number of households whose homelessness is prevented through securing a private rented sector tenancy. In 2017, only 14% of preventions were achieved through obtaining a PRS tenancy down from 33% in 2014. At the same time allocations from the housing register have seen a corresponding increase up from 55% to 77%.

Households assisted to obtain alternative accommodation 2014 - 2017

250

200

150

100

50 households of 0 No. Supported PRS with landlord Allocation from accommodation, incentive housing register Hostel or HMO 2014 82 31 137 2015 37 27 157 2016 42 31 191 2017 37 23 202

Source: Housing Options Service

16 Page 264 78% of the Council’s successful homelessness prevention activity in 2017 was the result of securing alternative accommodation for people. The majority of these preventions related to nominations to housing association accommodation from the Council’s housing register.

Rough Sleeping East Herts continues to report low levels of rough sleeping. All local authorities have to submit an annual figure to central government indicating the numbers of people sleeping rough in their area on a single ‘typical’ night. Rough sleepers are people bedded down in the open air – on the street, in tents, doorways, parks, bus shelters or encampments. It also covers people in buildings or other places not designed for habitation - such as stairwells, barns, sheds, car parks and cars.

Local authorities can decide whether to submit an estimate or carry out a count. Due to the district’s rural nature and geographical size East Herts submit an estimate. In November 2018 our estimate for those rough sleeping in East Herts was nine. Of the nine 8 were male and they were all aged between 26 and 55 aside from one who was aged 21.

The Holy Trinity Church in Bishop’s Stortford has provided a winter shelter for rough sleepers since 2015-2016 in which they have accommodated at least 10 (a number of which were from outside of East Herts) individuals in each of the last 3 years. The Housing Options Service works closely with the Shelter to identify alternative accommodation options for local residents each year. However, rough sleepers often present with complex needs and will require considerable support to secure and sustain settled accommodation and are often rough sleeping because they have recently lost housing association accommodation due to their behaviour.

Support Services There are risks to wider services associated with reductions in public spending and the identifiable pressures that exist in other parts of the system. It is reasonable to anticipate these factors will ultimately result in a reduction in spending in services that contribute to the existing safety net, and increasing pressure on the Council’s services and those of other partners locally to fill emerging gaps. This reduction in support services ultimately impacts on an individual’s ability to sustain a tenancy and their homelessness or repeat homelessness.

17 Page 265

5.0 Strategic objectives

East Herts’ “Housing Options” approach has been successful at preventing and tackling homelessness. However trends in the housing market are making it increasingly difficult for lower income households particularly in the private rented market. We need to work in new ways, to intervene in people’s situations to support them to prevent homelessness in East Herts.

Therefore identifying and securing new ways to access alternative housing options that are suitable and affordable will continue to be a high priority. The Council needs to explore new ways of helping residents, to dramatically increase the number of people for whom interventions result in sustainable outcomes, enabling more people to stay in their homes or to manage in the housing market without requiring ongoing or repeat intervention from public services.

The strategy recognises that it cannot rely on a private rented market that is excluding increasing numbers of people and which is the biggest contributor to homelessness. In addition if we were to rely on the private rented market then it would increase the likelihood that the Council will have to ‘export’ local people to more affordable housing markets in other areas, if it is to fulfil its legal duties under homelessness legislation now and in the future.

The review of homelessness has recognised that people present to Housing Services for advice and assistance for a variety of reasons. Those reasons are rarely directly attributable to “housing”. Whilst the housing market itself is a

18 Page 266 challenge, they are often a result of people’s financial capacity, employment, redundancy, ill health, alcohol and/or drugs misuse, relationship breakdown, or other underlying causes.

Frequently, these underlying causes are not being adequately addressed by the Council, or by the wider network of public services; often this is because the person does not meet relevant service thresholds where the right expertise may otherwise be available, or because we can sometimes – even when trying to operate collectively - work in isolation. Sometimes the person we need to help is considered ineligible by agencies, including ourselves, through eligibility (generally immigration status) or our qualification criteria. This can prevent services or assistance being provided early enough to prevent homelessness.

The Council has therefore developed four main objectives for this Strategy which are:

1. Strong and effective partnership working; 2. Early targeted intervention and advice to prevent the loss of accommodation; 3. Effective action to relieve homelessness and sustain tenancies to prevent repeat homelessness; 4. Protect and increase local housing options.

Objective 1 - Strong and effective partnership working Partnership working has always been key to the successful prevention of homelessness in East Herts by working with partners to identify people who may be at risk of homelessness at the earliest opportunity. Strong relationships, referral routes and jointly delivered services will continue to lead to better outcomes for the homeless.

The Housing Service continues to play an active key role in many partnership arrangements in East Herts and more widely in Hertfordshire including:  Community Safety Partnerships including MAPPA (Multi-Agency Protection Panel) and MARAC (Multi Agency Risk Assessment Conference);  Hertfordshire Children’s Strategic Partnership Accommodation Board;

19 Page 267  Hertfordshire Supported Housing Strategic Board and the Local East Herts Accommodation Board;  Hertfordshire Heads of Housing and Hertfordshire Homeless Managers Group;  East Herts Mental Health Group.

These groups are useful for ensuring best practice and ensuring good networking opportunities are maximised to benefit the work that we and our partners all do to prevent homelessness and develop appropriate services for residents.

Challenges Many services are seeing increases in demand and pressures, coupled with reductions in funding. This often leads to changes in eligibility criteria and increased thresholds for access to services, resulting in some groups of people “falling through the gaps” and being unable to access services.

There are a number of support agencies, some with supported accommodation within East Herts. It can be difficult for vulnerable people (and the agencies who support them) to navigate between these. Strong joint working between partner agencies can significantly improve the outcomes for vulnerable homeless people. Developing referral processes and relationships with organisations will offer a more consistent and meaningful offer of assistance to individuals.

The public body Duty to Refer obligations that have been introduced under the Homelessness Reduction Act mean that a larger number of agencies, some of whom may have limited knowledge of the issues affecting homeless persons or the nature of available services, will be required to assist homeless households to access advice and assistance.

ACTIONS  Work with partners to develop and deliver effective advice, prevention and homelessness services within East Herts.  Work with partner agencies to ensure efficient referral mechanisms are in place for example food banks to assist customers who may benefit from, advice and/or support to assist them to improve their situation where possible.  Re-launch the Homelessness Strategy Group with partner organisations in East Herts to share information, monitor the causes and consider best practice in preventing and providing solutions to homelessness.

20 Page 268  Improve housing and homelessness knowledge throughout partner agencies which will enable customers to receive the correct advice/information on housing related issues.  Work with Hertfordshire County Council to update the current protocols for homeless 16 &17 year olds, careleavers and intentionally homeless families.

Objective 2 - Early targeted advice and intervention to enable residents prevent the loss of accommodation.

Early identification of problems and the provision of high quality advice and assistance will ensure people have the best chance of staying in their home. Some groups are more likely than others to experience homelessness within East Herts so require advice and assistance that is tailored to meet their needs.

Challenges Lack of awareness of housing advice and prevention services within East Herts can mean that households do not access assistance until after they have lost their home.

Vulnerable groups may have additional needs and require more specialist advice and prevention services, or more support and encouragement to access or engage with services.

Households may have difficulty adjusting to changes to the benefit system, such as direct payments under Universal Credit, and may suffer financial hardship and homelessness as a result.

Loss of rental income has a major impact on both Social and Private Sector Landlords, who will often need to commence possession action in the event of persistent rent arrears.

ACTIONS  Review and update all internal processes and procedures to ensure they that they are Homelessness Reduction Act compliant.  Review the homelessness prevention advice available on the Council’s web site and ensure that relevant and clear information is available for vulnerable groups.

21 Page 269  To mitigate the impacts of Welfare Reform and Universal Credit work with internal and external partners to ensure sufficient welfare, debt and budgeting advice is available at the earliest opportunity.  Devise an early intervention protocol with all Registered Providers to address factors such as rent arrears and anti-social behaviour to prevent evictions where possible.  Identify with key partners relevant data to recognise early risk factors for groups at risk of homelessness and signal opportunities for early intervention.  Work with Private Sector Landlords and Lettings Agents to develop early signposting protocols for tenants with arrears or other tenancy concerns, to the Housing Options Service, to prevent homelessness.

Objective 3 - Effective action to relieve homelessness and sustain tenancies to prevent repeat homelessness

Strong and effective pathways ensure that suitable accommodation can be secured as soon as possible. Suitable local temporary accommodation can minimise the negative effects of homelessness, before longer term accommodation can be found.

Many homeless applicants need support to sustain independent accommodation in the long-term. Access to supported housing, transitional, longer-term and crisis support services can reduce the risk of repeat homelessness.

Challenges There are limited temporary accommodation options within East Herts for households who require accommodation in an emergency. As a result households often need to be accommodated within Bed and Breakfasts that are located outside of the East Herts area, away from their existing networks. There is a need for more suitable temporary accommodation options within East Herts.

There are limited tenancy sustainment services available within East Herts. Many agencies have withdrawn these services because of funding concerns. Vulnerable people can experience difficulties at multiple times during an independent tenancy, which can lead to financial difficulties and tenancy failure. Included within this are a small number of households within East Herts who repeatedly experience tenancy failure and homelessness.

22 Page 270 Some tenancies fail because vulnerable people have moved into independent accommodation before they have the acquired the necessary skills for independent living.

ACTIONS  Ensure all eligible households who are at risk of homelessness within 56 days are referred to the Council’s Housing Options Team to make a homeless application.  Continue to review the supply of suitable temporary accommodation within East Herts to ensure sufficient supply.  Respond to reports of rough sleeping within 24 hours and ensure this response adequately engages with rough sleepers.  Work to develop a stronger multi-agency rehousing pathway to incidents of rough sleeping.  Review the availability in the District of support to vulnerable households, who have difficulty sustaining accommodation, including the availability supported accommodation and move-on to independent accommodation.  Review the level of repeat homelessness and work with partner agencies to prevent incidents of repeat homelessness within East Herts.

. Objective 4 - Protect and increase local housing options

Demand for the limited amounts of social and supported housing within East Herts is high and most low income households have difficulty accessing the private rental sector as they lack funds or references to secure accommodation in the Private Rental Sector.

The Council aims to work with partners to make the best use of existing resources, improve access to available options, increase supply and identify and address gaps in provision.

Challenges The majority of Private Sector Landlords and lettings agents are reluctant to accept tenants who are on low incomes or who claim welfare benefits particularly those moving to Universal Credit.

23 Page 271 With increased private rent levels and the high cost of buying a home, it will be more difficult to meet the housing needs of households who are unable to access home ownership or accommodation in the private rented sector.

There is demand for more supported accommodation within East Herts, particularly for those who have complex support needs.

ACTIONS  Work with partners to review current, and identify new, sources of supported accommodation to meet the needs of groups who are particularly at risk of homelessness in East Herts.  Increase the supply of affordable social housing within East Herts, particularly accommodation that is let at or below Local Housing Allowance rates.  Continue to manage opportunities to make the best use of existing Registered Provider housing stock within East Herts.  Promote and improve the Council’s private rented accommodation offer, working with landlords and letting agents.

6.0 Resourcing the Strategy

In common with other local authorities, the Council has been affected by austerity and year on year reductions in central government grant funding. These have required it to transform and constantly review opportunities to become more efficient.

In a 2-tier area, the Council is also vulnerable to funding decisions that are made by Hertfordshire County Council that can have knock-on consequences for district level resources.

Despite these pressures, the Council has continued to prioritise its frontline services and has continued to invest in its Housing Services. Homeless Services remain a priority for the Council and it is committed to ongoing work to improve the way we engage and support people who are homeless or at risk of becoming homeless.

The Council has targeted the use of the Ministry for Housing, Communities and Government “Preventing Homelessness Grant” funding and “Flexible Homelessness Support Grant” on the front line Housing Service by the recruitment of additional members of staff as well procuring specialist services from partners agencies such as the Citizens Advice service for debt advice and

24 Page 272 Herts Young Homeless for homeless prevention work in schools as well as directly supporting individual homeless applicants to sustain or secure accommodation.

The Council will continue to seek to capitalise on any additional opportunities to draw down funding into the area to support homelessness and related services, including by supporting our voluntary sector partners to seek funding from sources that may be exclusively available to them.

7.0 Monitoring the Strategy

The Homelessness Strategy Objectives and Delivery Plan will be monitored by the multi-agency Homelessness Strategy Group and the Council’s Performance, Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committee.

The Delivery Plan will be reviewed and updated every 6 months to ensure it reflects changes or developments in National or Local Policy or service provision.

The previous national homelessness reporting requirements (known as P1E data) were focused on accepted homeless cases and therefore did not give an accurate picture of homelessness within East Herts. From April 2018, all Housing Authorities have been required to collect and submit detailed case-level performance information relating to all homeless applications (known as H-Clic data). The Council will regularly review this performance information to develop a clearer understanding of the local causes of homelessness and to assess the effectiveness of local services and identify any gaps in provision.

Five performance indicators will be used to assess the effectiveness of the Homelessness Strategy: 1. Number of homeless applications where homelessness is successfully prevented;

25 Page 273 2. Number of homeless applications where homelessness is successfully relieved; 3. Number of homeless applicants to whom the Council accepts the full homeless duty; 4. Number of homeless applicants who are placed into temporary accommodation; 5. Number of repeat homeless applications (made within 2 years of original application closure date.

8.0 The Delivery Plan

This Preventing Homelessness Strategy is deliberately focused on action and delivery through the delivery plan which is attached as Appendix B.

The actions within the Delivery Plan have been consulted on and agreed with our partners. However because the Strategy is a five year document the actions will be regularly reviewed, updated and revised by the Homeless Strategy Group to reflect the current homeless situation and priorities.

This will be developed based on the agreed Actions following completion and adoption of the Strategy.

26 Page 274 Appendix A Glossary

Affordable Rent means rented housing let by a Registered Provider of social housing to households who are eligible for Social Rented housing at a rent of no more than 80% of the Local Market Rent, including service charges where applicable, and upon the approved Financial Terms at a fixed term tenancy for a period not less than that recommended by the social housing regulator

Benefit Cap is a maximum allowance on the total amount of benefit a household is entitled to receive. The Benefit Cap will only apply if a household is in receipt of Housing Benefit or Universal Credit. The applicant’s benefits will be reduced if they receive more than the limit that applies for their circumstances - this means they will get less Housing Benefit or Universal Credit.

For couples or households with children the benefit cap is £384.62 per week. The limit for single people with no children is £257.69 per week.

Social Rent means housing let at a periodical rent due at intervals of a month or less without any fine deposit or premium which is let at or below Target Rent and is let on the Registered Provider’s standard form of letting as an Assured Tenancy and upon the approved Financial Terms

Fixed term tenancies are a new type of tenancy introduced under the Localism Act 2012 available for registered providers to use from the date of inception of the Act that has a specified term of not less than 5 years or 2 years in exceptional circumstances. Fixed term tenancies can be used for Affordable Rent or Social Rent properties.

Local Housing Allowance (LHA) is the maximum amount of Housing Benefit payable by number of bedrooms in a property in a Local Authority Area. It is updated annually and is calculated using the 30th percentile of market rent for each property size in that local authority area.

Mutual Exchange is a facility that enables a tenant to exchange their property and tenancy with another of their own Registered Provider’s tenants or with a tenant of a different Registered Provider.

27 Page 275 Registered provider is the term used for housing associations or other private sector developers, local Council’s etc. who have registered to provide social housing with Homes England.

Universal Credit is a new approach to welfare to be introduced under the Government’s welfare reforms in 2013 phased across the country. It will be an integrated benefit in place of income support, income-based job seekers allowance, income related employment and support allowance, housing benefit, child tax credit and working tax credit. Households in receipt of universal credit and not in receipt of specific exempt benefits will be subject to the benefit cap defined above.

Appendix B Delivery Plan

28 Page 276 Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018 Equality Impact Analysis Form

1. Equality Impact Analysis (EIA) Form

Title of EIA (policy/change it Homelessness and Rough Sleeping Review and Strategy Date 11/1/2019 relates to) 2019-2024

Team/Department Housing Service, Housing and Health

Focus of EIA The overall purpose of the Homeless Strategy (Strategy) is to ensure that as a Council we address homelessness strategically by ensuring suitable accommodation, support and advice is available What are the aims of the new and accessible to all client groups and to encourage a multi-agency approach to preventing initiative? homelessness. Who implements it? Define the user group Aim impacted?  To meet the Council’s statutory duty to produce a homelessness review and strategy once How will they be impacted? every five years.  To present a full picture of the reasons for homelessness and the groups of people most likely to become homeless.  To define strategic priorities local to East Herts for homelessness and the prevention of homelessness and actions for the council and its partners. To prioritise resources for the groups most in need of assistance.  To produce better outcomes for homeless households, enabling them to live in Page 277 Page accommodation suitable for their needs with appropriate support if required. Implementation The Strategy is implemented and monitored by the council’s Housing Service with assistance from the council’s internal and external partners.

1 Page 278 Page Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

The council has a duty to provide housing advice and assistance to all those that are eligible, i.e. the applicant meets immigration criteria as defined by the Government.

For Service users that approach the council an assessment will be carried out regarding their current housing situation and advice and assistance offered according to current legislation and best practice to prevent or relieve homelessness.

Please note: Prepopulated data for protected categories other than Age and Gender come from 2011 census results1 on the district, the Age and Gender data comes from ONS mid-year estimates2. If the service has specific demographic data for service users/residents than this should be used instead.

1https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/census/2011 2https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/populationandmigration/populationestimates/datasets/populationestimatesforukenglandandwalesscotlandandnorthernireland 2 Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

2. Review of information, equality analysis and potential actions Please fill in when appropriate to the change. If it does not, please put N/A What can you do? What do people What does this All potential actions to: Protected tell you? mean? What do you know?  advance equality of characteristics Summary of Impacts (actual and Summary of data about your service-users opportunity, groups from the service-user potential, positive and and/or staff  eliminate Equality Act 2010 and/or staff negative. Clearly state discrimination, and feedback each)  foster good relations Despite an ageing population, younger age The homelessness groups remain legislation defines 16-24 21% the most which groups have a The legislation 25-44 58% Susceptible to priority for housing framework promotes 45-59 17% homelessness. Age and the most discrimination 60-64 2% The age ranges significant group is 65-74 1% 16-24 and 25-44 those with children. Over 75 1% have Which comprises the Comprised over age range 16 – 59. 75 of all cases in the last four consecutive Page 279 Page years. 12 % of the households accepted under the Applicants with a Legislation and policy The legislation homelessness legislation had a recorded registered are designed to give framework promotes Disability disability. This is higher than the 2011 disability are certain groups who discrimination Census figures for East herts which recorded likely to be given are less able to access 3 Page 280 Page Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

What can you do? What do people What does this All potential actions to: Protected tell you? mean? What do you know?  advance equality of characteristics Summary of Impacts (actual and Summary of data about your service-users opportunity, groups from the service-user potential, positive and and/or staff  eliminate Equality Act 2010 and/or staff negative. Clearly state discrimination, and feedback each)  foster good relations 5.8% of the population who stated that their a higher priority suitable day to day activities were impacted a lot by for rehousing or accommodation a their long term health or disability. be accepted as higher priority for vulnerable as housing and defined under applicants with a the disability are one of homelessness these groups. legislation.

Gender This is not currently monitored for homeless No action required reassignment applications and there are no plans to do so.

Applicants who are pregnant or The Homeless have a child are legislation confers an likely to be given additional priority for a higher priority Pregnancy and This information is not recorded as part of rehousing an applicant for rehousing or maternity the homeless application process. that is pregnant or has be accepted as a child above someone vulnerable as that is not pregnant or defined under does not have a child. the homelessness 4 Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

White 95.47% English/Welsh/Scottish/Northern 90.25% The data Irish/British requested each Irish 1.14% quarter by the Gypsy or Irish Traveller 0.04% government for Other White 4.04% 17/18 shows for Mixed/multiple ethnic groups 1.61% a total of 72 The numbers are very White and Black Caribbean 0.45% households small and the effect of White and Black African 0.15% assessed under one household can Race White and Asian 0.62% homelessness: No action required have a marked impact Other Mixed 0.38% of the recorded Asian/Asian British 1.95% White 85% statistics. Indian 0.73% Black 7% Pakistani 0.15% Asian 3%

Page 281 Page Bangladeshi 0.20% Mixed 4% Chinese 0.37% Other 1% Other Asian 0.49% Black/African/Caribbean/Black 0.71% British 5 Page 282 Page Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

What can you do? What do people What does this All potential actions to: Protected tell you? mean? What do you know?  advance equality of characteristics Summary of Impacts (actual and Summary of data about your service-users opportunity, groups from the service-user potential, positive and and/or staff  eliminate Equality Act 2010 and/or staff negative. Clearly state discrimination, and feedback each)  foster good relations African 0.43% Caribbean 0.22% Other Black 0.07% Other ethnic group 0.26% Arab 0.10% Any other ethnic group 0.16% Christian 62.75% Buddhist 0.32% Hindu 0.45% Jewish 0.33% Not monitored Religion or belief Muslim 0.72% under No action required Sikh 0.12% homelessness Other religion 0.32% No religion 27.75% Religion not stated 7.26% Households defined There are more as having a priority women than need include those men recorded as Sex/Gender The district is 51% female and 49% male with dependent No action required having an children or a pregnant accepted woman. In addition, a homeless significant number of 6 Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

Applications would be assessed based on

Page 283 Page existing legislation and Sexual Not monitored couples can make No action required orientation joint applications. Sexual orientation would not be part of 7 Page 284 Page Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

Households defined as having a priority need include those with dependent children or a pregnant woman. In addition, a Not monitored 30.5% significant number of Single under 52.3% households with Married homelessness. Marriage and 0.2% dependent children Civil partnership However 50% of No action required civil partnership 2.3% are headed by single Separated Divorced the applications 8.6% women. Widowed were female lone 6.2% parent families. The discrepancies between the census data and housing register figures can therefore be explained by the legislation governing how

8 Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

Assessment of overall impacts and any further recommendations

The Governments homeless legislation defines who should be owed a housing duty or assisted under homelessness. The legislation and associated case law is specifically designed to ensure those less able to access their own housing solutions are assisted – i.e. those that are considered vulnerable are more likely to ask for assistance and be assisted under Homelessness legislation. The government has carried out its own Equalities Impact assessment during the legislative process. Page 285 Page

3. List detailed data and/or community feedback which informed your EqIA (If applicable) 9 Page 286 Page Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018

Actions to fill these gaps: who else Title (of data, research or do you need to engage with? Date Gaps in data engagement) (add these to the Action Plan below, with a timeframe)

None – figures taken from Council’s own monitoring systems

10 Essential Reference Paper C EIA updated as of 2018 4. Prioritised Action Plan (If applicable)

Impact identified and Action planned Expected outcome Measure of success Timeframe group(s) affected

NB: These actions must now be transferred to service or business plans and monitored to ensure they achieve the outcomes identified.

EqIA sign-off: (for the EQIA to be final an email must sent from the relevant people agreeing it or this section must be signed)

Lead Equality Impact Assessment officer: Date: Directorate Management Team rep or Head of Service: Ben Woods Date: Author of Equality Impact Analysis: Claire Bennett Date: 18/1/2019

Page 287 Page

11 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 12

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY CHAIRMAN OF OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE

CONCLUDING REPORT OF THE CLIMATE CHANGE TASK AND FINISH GROUP

WARD(S) AFFECTED: All

Purpose/Summary of Report

 This report details the recommendations made by the Overview and Scrutiny Committee at its meeting held on 18 December 2018 following its consideration of the concluding report of the Climate Change Task and Finish Group.

RECOMMENDATION FOR EXECUTIVE: that

(A) The adoption by the authority of the proposed climate change policy principles, be approved.

1.0 Background

1.1 The Overview and Scrutiny Committee at its meeting on 18 December 2018 considered a report by the Chairman of the Climate Change Task and Finish Group. The report set out the Task and Finish Group’s findings following its review of climate change activity in East Herts. The full report may be viewed at: http://democracy.eastherts.gov.uk/ieListDocuments.aspx?CId= 515&MId=3362&J=4

1.2 In its report the Task and Finish Group detailed a range of actions encompassing ongoing work of the council to tackle climate change. In addition the report set out a further range of new ideas and proposals that were worthy of more detailed Page 289

consideration and the Overview and Scrutiny Committee resolved that these be circulated to relevant Lead Members and Heads of Service for consideration when preparing revised service plans and priorities.

1.3 The Committee further resolved that because of the potential importance of a number of climate change policy themes to the health and wellbeing of East Herts residents, that the authority should consider adopting these ideas and proposals as over-arching policy principles. As such it recommends to the Executive that, where within its means, the following are adopted by the authority:

Climate Change Policy Principles a) The council will take a forward-thinking, longer term approach to renewable energy technologies, with the aim of maximising their use in new developments in the District. b) The council will proactively promote energy efficiency measures and strive to demonstrate their tangible benefits to residents, businesses and other partner organisations. c) The council will promote the principle of sustainable transport as a means of tackling climate change, particular with regard to the development of new neighbourhoods and garden towns. d) The council will seek to enhance and promote local cycling and walking networks and encourage uptake of these activities in place of car use. e) The council will proactively support the national Clean Air Day and promote the involvement of residents, businesses and other partner organisations in delivery of activities. f) The council will seek opportunities to encourage and grow the low carbon economy within the district.

Page 290

Background Papers The full agenda for the Overview and Scrutiny Committee, 18 December 2018 may be viewed at: http://democracy.eastherts.gov.uk/ieListDocuments.aspx?CId=515& MId=3362&J=4

Contact Member: Councillor M Allen, Chairman of Overview and Scrutiny Committee [email protected]

Contact Officer: Jonathan Geall – Head of Housing and Health, Tel 01992 531594 [email protected]

Report Author: David Thorogood – Environmental Strategy Coordinator, Tel 01992 531621 [email protected]

Page 291

This page is intentionally left blank ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘A’

IMPLICATIONS/CONSULTATIONS

Consultation: The Climate Change Task and Finish Group held a specific meeting to discuss and gather evidence on climate change objectives, progress and project opportunities in East Herts, with representatives from local environment groups and interested stakeholders. Legal: There are no legal implications at this stage arising from this report. Financial: There are no financial implications at this stage arising from this report. Human There are no human resource implications arising from Resource: this report. Risk There are no risk management implications arising from Management: this report.

Health and Whilst there are no direct health and wellbeing issues wellbeing – relating to this report, it is hoped that positive impacts for issues and health and wellbeing for residents of East Herts will impacts: emerge from the implementation of the Climate Change Policy Principles - for example in relation to the provision of increasingly energy efficient homes with lower heating costs. This will assist with achieving actions within the updated East Herts Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2018- 2023. Equality Impact No EQIA required. Assessment required:

Page 293 This page is intentionally left blank Agenda Item 13

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 FEBRUARY 2019

REPORT BY OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN

OVERVIEW AND SCRUTINY COMMITTEE UPDATE

WARD(S) AFFECTED: All

Purpose/Summary of Report

 This report summarises the discussions and recommendations made by the Overview and Scrutiny Committee at its meeting on 18th December 2018.

RECOMMENDATION:

(A) That Executive notes the recommendations of the Overview and Scrutiny Committee contained in the report.

1.0 Background

1.1 The Overview and Scrutiny Committee met on 18th December 2018 and considered the following key items:

 Executive Member Update - Environment And The Public Realm;  Climate Change Task and Finish Group;  CCTV Partnership Shared Service Update;  IT - Shared Service  Brexit: Task and Finish Group: Terms of Reference  Work Programme 2018/19

A summary of their discussions and recommendations is set out below. Page 295

2.0 Update from the Executive Member for Environment and the Public Realm

2.1 The Executive Member for the Environment and Public Realm provided Members with a presentation covering his portfolio. He referred to the Council’s corporate priorities, the successes achieved in a number of environmental service areas including for example, Waste and Recycling, Licensing, Environmental Health, Enforcement and Community Safety, highlighting steps for the future.

2.2 Members sought and were provided with clarification in relation to:

 Rapid charging for taxis and charging points;  Hertford Hydro - the progress made so far with the Environment Agency, the project’s investment potential and the opportunities for harvesting energy from other rivers within the District;  Community Safety and Purple Flag status; and  Recycling (currently at 53%) and in particular the fate of plastics and where this commodity was sent. The Executive Member undertook to provide Members with further information on this as this fell within the remit of Hertfordshire County Council.

3.0 Climate Change Task and Finish Group

3.1 Councillor B Deering, Chairman of the Climate Change Task and Finish Group provided Members with a summary of the work of the Group. He thanked the Environment Sustainability Co-ordinator for his in depth knowledge and expertise during the Council’s process of reviewing climate change activity within East Herts.

3.2 Councillor Deering suggested that the Council might work more closely with local environment groups to promote Page 296

energy efficiency measures and carbon reduction generally and that consideration might be given to:

 Holding a yearly local environment conference and inviting community groups;  Sending out further general information to the public;  Development of a promotional exemplar home energy show facility;  Investigating the use of battery storage amongst other alternative energy technology on land owned by the Council and which could become a source of revenue;

3.3 The Environment Sustainability Co-ordinator provided a summary of:

 The on-going work which the Council was currently undertaking to tackle climate change;  What could be done, in terms of new ideas and proposals, to tackle climate change; and  Additional policy principles that should be adopted and which could be recommended to the Executive.

The Chairman, on behalf of Members thanked all those who had been involved in the process and stated that the Council’s ongoing target to reduce carbon emissions remained ambitious.

A number of issues were discussed such as oil-buying clubs, energy use by Leisure facilities and retail premises, domestic energy use and Electric Vehicle charging points.

The Environment Sustainability Co-Ordinator commented that leisure facilities were among one of the Council’s largest users of energy and as such, further improvements in efficiency of those premises would contribute to reducing the Council’s’ carbon emissions. He also commented on energy efficiency grants currently available to home owners, that the use of domestic Smart Meters might go some way to controlling Page 297

energy usage and confirmed that information was available on the East Herts website about local oil buying clubs.

The Environment Sustainability Co-Ordinator explained the process developers had to go through in terms of applying to the District Network Operator for a level of energy provision on new developments and how some areas had sufficient energy provision but in others there were problems of grid constraint and insufficient on-site power to facilitate adequate electric vehicle charging points.

The Chairman suggested a stand at Hertfordshire Agricultural Show, using a market stall to promote information or setting up a demonstration home.

Councillor B Deering commented that it was important to do something and ensure that the public was involved.

It was RESOLVED that:

A The Executive be advised that, given the importance of the climate change policy principles to the health and wellbeing of East Herts residents, the Council adopt the matters set out in ERP E (Appendix A in this document) as over-arching policy principles;

B The ongoing work of the Council in tackling climate change should be acknowledged and that the continuation of these activities be endorsed by Members; and

C A number of new ideas and proposals to tackle climate change were worthy of more detailed consideration be supported and proposals forwarded to Lead Members and Heads of Service for consideration when drawing up revised service plans and priorities.

Page 298

4.0 CCTV Partnership Shared Service Update

4.1 The Head of Housing and Health submitted a report on the CCTV Shared Service which the Service Manager, Community Wellbeing and Partnerships, provided a summary update.

4.2 The Chairman sought assurances that the recommendations arising from the SIAS Governance Review were:

 Achievable; and  That the council needed to work in partnership and share additional sources of information rather than only that from the Police.

4.3 There was a lengthy general discussion about the rules and protocols associated with the use of CCTV cameras, and the business and governance arrangements of the shared service usage between the four authorities.

4.4 Members also raised issues relating to specific CCTV locations. The Service Manager explained that these were being considered as part of the review and that work was ongoing

4.5 It was RESOLVED that:

 The governance review of the CCTV Partnership conducted by the Shared Internal Audit Service be received and used as the basis to inform the Head of Housing and Health’s input to the work of the CCTV Officer Management Board;

 The progress and the findings to date on the operational review of CCTV coverage in the District be noted; and

 The Head of Housing and Health should report back on the implementation of the recommendations of the Governance Review and the outcome of the Operational Review of CCTV coverage. Page 299

5.0 IT - SHARED SERVICE

5.1 The Deputy Chief Executive provided an update on the IT Shared Service arrangements and introduced the new Stevenage ICT Strategic Partnership Manager who had already come up with a solution to improve resilience by using a microwave link between masts at a cost of £80K instead of a potential cost of £500K for a new cable. How this would improve resilience was discussed.

5.2 It was noted that Microsoft 365 would be introduced shortly, to help address issues of storage and resilience and that an IT Steering Group had been established to review projects going forward. An outline was provided of how digital print-and-post worked. It was also noted that new printers with “follow me” capability and scanners were in the process of being installed which would improve security (especially in relation to GDPR requirements) and improve overall resilience and efficiency.

5.3 Several Councillors expressed concern at the seemingly regular failure of IT including the unreliability of hosted desktops and welcomed any work to improve resilience.

5.4 It was RESOLVED that the progress to date within the Shared IT Service be noted.

6.0 BREXIT: TASK AND FINISH GROUP: TERMS OF REFERENCE

6.1 The Head of Communications, Policy and Strategy submitted a report on a proposed Terms of Reference for the Brexit Task and Finish Group. The Policy Officer provided an overview of the background.

Page 300

6.2 It was RESOLVED that the Executive be advised that Terms of reference for the Brexit Task and Finish Group be adopted.

7.0 WORK PROGRAMME 2018/19

The Chairman of Overview and Scrutiny Committee submitted a report setting out the draft Work Programme.

RESOLVED – that the work programme be agreed.

Contact Member: Councillor Mike Allen, Chairman, Overview and Scrutiny Committee [email protected]

Contact Officer: Alison Stuart– Head of Legal and Democratic Services, Extn: 2170. [email protected]

Report Author: Michael Edley – Interim Scrutiny Officer, Extn: 1515. [email protected]

Page 301

Appendix A: CLIMATE CHANGE ESSENTIAL REFERENCE PAPER ‘E’

Climate change policy principles

 These matters have been considered and debated by the Task and Finish Group. The Task and Finish Group has concluded that the potential importance of these matters to the health and wellbeing of East Herts residents is such that the authority should considering adopting the matters as over-arching policy principles.  The Task and Finish Group recommends that Overview and Scrutiny Committee endorses the policy principles and recommends to the Executive that they be adopted by the authority.

Activity E1) The council will take a forward-thinking, longer term approach to renewable energy technologies, with the aim of maximising their use in new developments in the District. E2) The council will proactively promote energy efficiency measures and strive to demonstrate their tangible benefits to residents, businesses and other partner organisations. E3) The council will promote the principle of sustainable transport as a means of tackling climate change, particular with regard to the development of new neighbourhoods and garden towns. E4) The council will proactively support the national Clean Air Day and promote the involvement of residents, businesses and other partner organisations in delivery of activities. E5) The council will seek to enhance and promote local cycling and walking networks and encourage uptake of these activities in place of car use. E6) The council will seek opportunities to encourage and grow the low carbon economy within the district.

Page 302

Agenda Item 14

EAST HERTS COUNCIL

EXECUTIVE – 12 JANUARY 2019

REPORT BY CHAIRMAN OF PERFORMANCE AUDIT AND GOVERNANCE SCRUTINY COMMITTEE

PERFORMANCE, AUDIT AND GOVERNANCE SCRUTINY COMMITTEE UPDATE

WARD(S) AFFECTED: All

Purpose/Summary of Report

 This report summarises the discussions and recommendations made at the meeting of the Performance, Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committee meeting on 22 January 2019.

RECOMMENDATION FOR EXECUTIVE: that:

(A) The discussions and recommendations of the Performance, Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committee detailed in the report, be noted.

1.0 Background

1.1 The Performance Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committee, at its meeting on the 22 January 2019, considered the following items:  Annual Audit Letter and External Grants Certification Summary  Treasury Management – Mid-year Review 2018-19  Treasury Management and capital strategies for 2019/20  Capital Strategy - going forward  Shared Internal Audit Services - Update on the Audit Plan  Progress on Anti-Fraud Plan 2018/19

Page 303

 Performance Audit and Governance - Work Programme 2018/19  Cyber Security and IT Disaster Recovery

A summary of their discussions and recommendations is set out below.

2.0 Annual Audit Letter and External Grants Certification Summary

These items were duly noted

3.0 Treasury Management – Mid-year Review 2018-19

It was RESOLVED to recommend to the Executive that the Treasury Management Activity and Prudential Indicators, for the first 6 months of the 2018/19 financial year, be approved.

4.0 Treasury Management and capital strategies for 2019/20

It was RESOLVED that:

A The Treasury Management Strategy and Annual Investment Strategy, including the prudential indicators discussed in paragraphs 2.1 – 2.3 is recommended to Executive and Council; and

B The credit and counterparty risk management and approved countries list discussed in paragraph 2.3 is recommended to Executive and Council.

5.0 Capital Strategy - Going Forward

It was RESOLVED that:

A The Capital Strategy 2019 Onwards, discussed in paragraphs 2.3, is recommended to Executive and Council.

Page 304

6.0 Shared Internal Audit Services - Update on the Audit Plan

Noted: The Internal Audit Progress Report and the Status of Critical and High Priority Recommendations.

7.0 Progress on Anti-Fraud Plan 2018/19

Noted: The work of the Council and the Shared Anti-Fraud Service in delivering the Anti-Fraud Plan 2018/19.

8.0 Performance, Audit and Governance - Work Programme 2018/19

The Agenda for the meeting on the 12th March was agreed as below

Performance relating to CVS SLA Jonathan Geall At request of Jonathan 10/01/19 2018/19 and proposals for 2019/20 Annual Leisure Performance Report Head of Operations Annual Update 2018 To go to this meeting or May/June 2019 Q3 Financial Health Check Isabel Brittain, Head of Including Performance section Report(Oct – Dec 2019), incl. section Strategic Finance (Ben Wood) on performance Risk management: Graham And risk management Mully External Auditor 2018-19 Audit Plan External Auditor from Email Natalie Clark EY with Ernst and Young report deadline Shared Anti-Fraud Service with draft Nick Jennings HCC SAFS/EHC Anti-Fraud Plan plan for 2019/20 for approval 2019/2020 Shared Internal Audit Plan (SIAS) Simon Martin SIAS, HCC Propose to combine into 1 2019/20 report SIAS Audit Plan Update As above SAFS/EHC Anti-Fraud Plan 2019/2020 Annual Review of Risk Management Isabel Brittain, Head of Annual Update Strategy Strategic Finance /Graham Mully, Risk and To go to this meeting or Insurance Business May/June 2019 Advisor Scrutiny Work Programme Michael Edley: interim Verbal discussion Scrutiny Officer

Page 305

9.0 Cyber Security and IT Disaster Recovery

Members were apprised of activities underway: Installation of Microwave back up to the Dark fibre connection; upgrade to Office 365; and upgrade to VMWare version 7

The following issues were discussed:

Resilience: The reduction in resilience issues from 99 to 3 was noted and welcomed. Members asked that they be apprised of the number and length of downtimes.

Upgrades: Members were advised that compatibility issues with IPADs and VMware 7 would delay the upgrade for 4-6 months.

Data security: Members were pleased to hear that a Data protection officer is being appointed to Shared Service IT to work for both partners.

10.0 Update: Section 106 agreements

Members noted and welcomed the progress made with respect to Section 106 agreements and discussed the need to develop a number of ‘off the shelf’ community development/improvement projects that had already been sufficiently scoped to hit the floor running should the opportunity arise.

RESOLVED to recommend to Executive that,

A In order to generate relevant community improvement projects for Section 106 monies, the council should consider engaging with:

 Communities;  Partner organisations; and  Town/parish councils Page 306

B Consideration should be given to combining CIL and Section 106 monies

C A progress report is brought to the PAGSC in approximately 6 months

Contact Member: Councillor Mark Pope, Chairman of Performance, Audit and Governance Scrutiny Committee [email protected]

Contact Officer: Alison Stuart– Head of Legal and Democratic Services, Extn: 2170. [email protected]

Report Author: Michael Edley – Interim Scrutiny Officer, Extn: 1515. [email protected]

Page 307

This page is intentionally left blank